Move SSH setup to its own role

Signed-off-by: Patrick Uiterwijk <puiterwijk@redhat.com>

roles/base/handlers/main.yml

@@ -24,9 +24,6 @@
 - name: restart rsyslog
   service: name=rsyslog state=restarted
 
-- name: restart sshd
-  service: name=sshd state=restarted
-
 - name: restart watchdog
   service: name=watchdog state=restarted
 

roles/base/tasks/main.yml

@@ -104,52 +104,12 @@
   - base
   when: ansible_distribution_major_version|int > 21 and ansible_cmdline.ostree is not defined
 
+- name: Set up SSH
+  include_role: basessh
+
 - name: make sure hostname is set right on rhel7 hosts
   hostname: name="{{inventory_hostname}}"
 
-- name: check if sshd port is already known by selinux
-  shell: semanage port -l | grep ssh
-  register: sshd_selinux_port
-  check_mode: no
-  changed_when: false
-  tags:
-  - sshd_config
-  - config
-  - sshd
-  - selinux
-  - base
-
-- name: allow alternate sshd port
-  command: semanage port -a -t ssh_port_t -p tcp {{ sshd_port }}
-  when: sshd_selinux_port.stdout.find('{{ sshd_port }}') == -1
-  tags:
-  - sshd_config
-  - config
-  - sshd
-  - selinux
-  - base
-
-- name: Set up SSH certificates
-  include: sshcerts.yml
-
-- name: sshd_config
-  copy: src={{ item }} dest=/etc/ssh/sshd_config mode=0600
-  with_first_found:
-    - "{{ sshd_config }}"
-    - ssh/sshd_config.{{ inventory_hostname }}
-    - ssh/sshd_config.{{ host_group }}
-    - ssh/sshd_config.{{ dist_tag }}
-    - ssh/sshd_config.{{ ansible_distribution }}
-    - ssh/sshd_config.{{ ansible_distribution_version }}
-    - ssh/sshd_config.default
-  notify:
-  - restart sshd
-  tags:
-  - sshd_config
-  - config
-  - sshd
-  - base
-
 - name: set root passwd
   user: name=root password={{ rootpw }} state=present
   tags:

roles/basessh/README

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+This role is the base setup for all our machines. 
+
+If there's something that shouldn't be run on every single 
+machine, it should be in another role. 

roles/basessh/files/ansible-pub-key

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAQEAmS3g5fSXizcCqKMI1n5WPFrfMyu7BMrMkMYyck07rB/cf2orO8kKj5schjILA8NYJFStlv2CGRXmQlendj523FPzPmzxvTP/OT4qdywa4LKGvAxOkRGCMMxWzVFLdEMzsLUE/+FLX+xd1US9UPLGRsbMkdz4ORCc0G8gqTr835H56mQPI+/zPFeQjHoHGYtQA1wnJH/0LCuFFfU82IfzrXzFDIBAA5i2S+eEOk7/SA4Ciek1CthNtqPX27M6UqkJMBmVpnAdeDz2noWMvlzAAUQ7dHL84CiXbUnF3hhYrHDbmD+kEK+KiRrYh3PT+5YfEPVI/xiDJ2fdHGxY7Dr2TQ== root@lockbox01.phx2.fedoraproject.org

roles/basessh/files/blacklist-cdc_ether.conf

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+blacklist cdc_ether

roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/conditional-reload.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# reload SERVICE only if PACKAGE is installed.
+# We use this throughout handlers/restart_services.yml
+
+SERVICE=$1
+PACKAGE=$2
+
+rpm -q $PACKAGE
+
+INSTALLED=$?
+
+if [ $INSTALLED -eq 0 ]; then
+    echo "Checking if $SERVICE is running"
+    /sbin/service $SERVICE status >& /dev/null
+    if [ $? == 0 ]; then
+      echo "Package $PACKAGE installed and running.  Attempting reload of $SERVICE."
+      /sbin/service $SERVICE reload
+      exit $?  # Exit with the /sbin/service status code
+    fi
+    echo "Package $PACKAGE is install, but $SERVICE is not running, skipping..."
+    exit 0
+fi
+
+# If the package wasn't installed, then pretend everything is fine.
+echo "Package $PACKAGE not installed.  Skipping reload of $SERVICE."
+exit 0

roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/conditional-restart.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# Restart SERVICE only if PACKAGE is installed.
+# We use this throughout handlers/restart_services.yml
+
+SERVICE=$1
+PACKAGE=$2
+
+rpm -q $PACKAGE
+
+INSTALLED=$?
+
+if [ $INSTALLED -eq 0 ]; then
+    echo "Package $PACKAGE installed.  Attempting restart of $SERVICE."
+    /sbin/service $SERVICE restart
+    exit $?  # Exit with the /sbin/service status code
+fi
+
+# If the package wasn't installed, then pretend everything is fine.
+echo "Package $PACKAGE not installed.  Skipping restart of $SERVICE."
+exit 0

roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/hardware-reinstall

@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+# hardware-reinstall - Prepare a physical box in FI for re-install.
+# (c) 2012 Red Hat, Inc.
+# Ricky Elrod <codeblock@fedoraproject.org>
+# GPLv2+
+
+import os
+import sys
+import urllib
+import socket
+import subprocess
+import shlex
+import platform
+from optparse import OptionParser
+
+parser = OptionParser(
+    description='Prepare a physical box in FI for re-install.')
+parser.add_option('-n',
+                  '--noop',
+                  action='store_true',
+                  help="Don't actually modify/download anything, just "
+                       "output stuff.")
+parser.add_option('-y',
+                  '--yes',
+                  action='store_true',
+                  default=False,
+                  dest="yes",
+                  help="Don't prompt to confirm, just do it.")
+parser.add_option('--ip',
+                  help="Override the IP of the box (passed to Grubby)")
+parser.add_option('--gw',
+                  help="Override the Gateway of the box (passed to Grubby)",
+                  dest='gateway')
+parser.add_option('--nm',
+                  help="Override the Netmask of the box (passed to Grubby)",
+                  dest='netmask')
+parser.add_option('--dns',
+                  help="Comma-delimited list of DNS resolvers (passed to "
+                       "Grubby)",
+                  dest='dns_resolvers')
+parser.add_option('--ks-file',
+                  help="Set the kickstart file to use (default:"
+                       "hardware-rhel-6-nohd)",
+                  default='hardware-rhel-6-nohd',
+                  dest='ks_file')
+(options, args) = parser.parse_args()
+
+if options.yes and options.noop:
+    print "Don't ask AND don't do anything? Cmon"
+    sys.exit(1)
+    
+# 0. Get our hostname/primary ip
+# Get our primary IP by resolving our hostname.
+if options.ip:
+    if not options.netmask:
+        print 'You gave a custom IP and should specify a custom netmask too.'
+        sys.exit(1)
+    primary_ip = options.ip
+else:
+    primary_ip = socket.gethostbyname(socket.gethostname())
+
+# so - anaconda sometimes doesn't seem to listen to our dns
+# when fetching kickstarts, etc - so if we give the ip of the host
+# if we're in 10.5.X network (phx2) then things just work.
+if primary_ip.startswith('10.5.'):
+    basehost = "http://10.5.126.23/"
+else:
+    basehost = "http://infrastructure.fedoraproject.org/"
+
+arch = platform.machine()
+VMLINUZ_URL = '%srepo/rhel/RHEL6-%s/images/pxeboot/vmlinuz' % (basehost, arch)
+INITRD_URL = '%srepo/rhel/RHEL6-%s/images/pxeboot/initrd.img' % (basehost,
+                                                                 arch)
+
+# 1. Grab initrd and vmlinuz and throw them in /boot
+# FIXME - more error catching here
+if not options.noop:
+    print 'Fetching vmlinuz'
+    urllib.urlretrieve(VMLINUZ_URL, "/boot/vmlinuz-install")
+
+    print 'Fetching initrd'
+    urllib.urlretrieve(INITRD_URL, "/boot/initrd-install.img")
+
+
+# 2. Find our network info.
+if options.netmask:
+    primary_netmask = options.netmask
+
+# We still have to get the MAC address, of the primary NIC
+# even if we specify a custom IP/NM.
+cmd = subprocess.Popen('/sbin/ifconfig', stdout=subprocess.PIPE)
+stdout = cmd.communicate()[0]
+i = 0
+lines = stdout.split("\n")
+for line in lines:
+    if socket.gethostbyname(socket.gethostname()) in line:
+        # Somewhere between EL6 and F17, ifconfig output has changed.
+        # We accommodate for both.
+        if ':' in line:
+            # We are EL6
+            if not options.netmask:
+                # inet addr:10.5.127.51  Bcast:10.5.127.255  Mask:255.255.255.0
+                primary_netmask = line.split('Mask:')[1]
+
+            # On EL6 MAC addr is always one line before the IP address line
+            primary_mac = lines[i - 1].split('HWaddr ')[1]
+        else:
+            # We are likely something newer
+            if not options.netmask:
+                # inet 10.10.10.113  netmask 255.255.255.0  broadcast
+                # 10.10.10.255           # (cont. from above comment)
+                primary_netmask = line.split('netmask ')[1].split(' ')[0]
+
+            # On newer things, life gets harder. We have to continue
+            # parsing lines until we get one with 'ether ' in it.
+            # The range is the line we're on now -> the last line.
+            for y in xrange(i, len(lines) - 1):
+                if 'ether ' in lines[y]:
+                    primary_mac = lines[y].split('ether ')[1].split(' ')[0]
+                    break
+        break
+    i += 1
+
+# Gateway
+if options.gateway:
+    primary_gateway = options.gateway
+else:
+    cmd = subprocess.Popen(['/sbin/ip', 'route'], stdout=subprocess.PIPE)
+    stdout = cmd.communicate()[0]
+    for line in stdout.split("\n"):
+        if 'default' in line:
+            # default via 10.10.10.1 dev wlan0  proto static
+            primary_gateway = line.split('via ')[1].split(' ')[0]
+            break
+
+# And DNS servers
+if options.dns_resolvers:
+    dns_resolvers = options.dns_resolvers
+else:
+    dns_servers = []
+    with open('/etc/resolv.conf', 'r') as f:
+        for line in f.readlines():
+            if 'nameserver' in line:
+                dns = line.split(' ')
+                if len(dns) == 2:
+                    dns_servers.append(dns[1].strip())
+    dns_resolvers = ','.join(dns_servers)
+
+print '-' * 30
+print 'Primary IP: ' + primary_ip
+print 'Primary Netmask: ' + primary_netmask
+print 'Primary Gateway: ' + primary_gateway
+print 'Primary MAC Address: ' + primary_mac
+print 'DNS Resolvers: ' + dns_resolvers
+print '-' * 30
+
+# 3. Construct the grubby line.
+# grubby --add-kernel=/boot/vmlinuz-install \
+#        --args="ks=http://infrastructure.fedoraproject.org/\
+#        repo/rhel/ks/hardware-rhel-6-nohd \
+#        repo=http://infrastructure.fedoraproject.org/repo/rhel/RHEL6-x86_64/ \
+#        ksdevice=link ip=$IP gateway=$GATEWAY netmask=$NETMASK dns=$DNS" \
+#        --title="install el6" --initrd=/boot/initrd-install.img
+grubby_command = '/sbin/grubby --add-kernel=/boot/vmlinuz-install ' \
+    '--args="ks=%srepo/rhel/ks/%s ksdevice=%s ' \
+    'ip=%s gateway=%s netmask=%s dns=%s repo=%srepo/rhel/RHEL6-x86_64/" ' \
+    '--title="install el6" --initrd=/boot/initrd-install.img' % (basehost,
+    options.ks_file,
+    primary_mac,
+    primary_ip,
+    primary_gateway,
+    primary_netmask,
+    dns_resolvers,
+    basehost)
+
+print 'This grubby command seems like it will work:'
+print '-' * 30
+print grubby_command
+print '-' * 30
+print 'Check the command and be sure that it looks correct.'
+
+if not options.noop:
+    if not options.yes:
+        print 'Type yes to continue, anything else to abort.'
+        print 'By continuing, I will run the above command.'
+        if  raw_input('> ') != 'yes':
+            print 'Removing downloaded files.'
+            os.unlink('/boot/vmlinuz-install')
+            os.unlink('/boot/initrd-install.img')
+            print 'Aborting.'
+            sys.exit(1)
+
+    cmd = subprocess.Popen(shlex.split(grubby_command),
+                           stdout=subprocess.PIPE,
+                           stderr=subprocess.PIPE)
+    stdout, stderr = cmd.communicate()
+    if stdout:
+        print stdout
+    if stderr:
+        print "[STDERR output]"
+        print stderr
+
+    if not options.yes:
+        raw_input(
+            'Examine the above output, if it looks sane, press enter to '
+            'continue.')
+print 'The next command I will run is:'
+print 'echo "savedefault --default=0 --once" | grub --batch'
+
+if not options.noop:
+    cmd = subprocess.Popen(['/sbin/grub', '--batch'],
+                           stdin=subprocess.PIPE,
+                           stdout=subprocess.PIPE,
+                           stderr=subprocess.STDOUT)
+    stdout = cmd.communicate(input='savedefault --default=0 --once\n')
+    print stdout[0]
+
+print 'Done.'
+print 'When you are ready, run: `shutdown -r now` to reboot.'
+print 'Go here:'
+print 'http://infrastructure.fedoraproject.org/infra/docs/kickstarts.txt'
+print 'And control-f for "Installation" (no quotes). Continue from there.'
+
+if options.noop:
+    print '-' * 30
+    print 'Script was run in "no-op" mode - none of the above commands ' \
+          'actually ran.'
+    print '-' * 30

roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/lock-wrapper

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+if [ $# -lt 2 ]; then
+    echo "Usage: $0 [name] [script]"
+    exit 1;
+fi
+
+NAME=$1
+SCRIPT=$2
+
+LOCKDIR="/var/tmp/$NAME"
+PIDFILE="$LOCKDIR/pid"
+
+function cleanup {
+    rm -rf "$LOCKDIR"
+}
+
+RESTORE_UMASK=$(umask -p)
+umask 0077
+if ! mkdir "$LOCKDIR"; then
+    echo "$LOCKDIR already exists"
+    PID=$(cat "$PIDFILE")
+    if [ -n "$PID" ] && /bin/ps $PID > /dev/null
+    then
+        echo "$PID is still running"
+        /bin/ps -o user,pid,start,time,comm $PID
+        exit 1;
+    else
+        echo "$LOCKDIR exists but $PID is dead"
+        echo "Removing lockdir and re-running"
+        /bin/rm -rf $LOCKDIR
+        mkdir $LOCKDIR || exit
+    fi
+fi
+
+trap cleanup EXIT SIGQUIT SIGHUP SIGTERM
+echo $$ > "$PIDFILE"
+
+$RESTORE_UMASK
+eval "$SCRIPT"
+

roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/nag-once

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+#!/usr/bin/python -tt
+# nag once
+# take stdin and arguments: commandid time-to-ignore-same-output
+# if we encounter any kind of error just output whatever we're given
+# and prepend our own errors
+# so we don't hurt things any worse :)
+# copyright (c) 2011 Red Hat, inc
+# gpl v2 blah blah
+# skvidal - skvidal@fedoraproject.org 
+
+import tempfile
+import sys
+import time
+import os
+import stat
+import glob
+
+
+def translate_tti(tti):
+    # translate 1w, 2d, 3d, 1m, 2h, 55m etc to seconds here
+    
+    if tti is None:
+        return None
+        
+    seconds_per_unit = {"s": 1, "m": 60, "h": 3600, "d": 86400, "w": 604800,}
+    if tti.isdigit():# just seconds
+        return int(tti) 
+    return int(tti[:-1]) * seconds_per_unit[tti[-1]]
+
+    
+
+def get_cmdid_dir(cmdid):
+    """return a path to a valid and safe cachedir"""
+    tmpdir="/var/tmp"
+    prefix = "nag-once:" + cmdid + "#"
+    dirpath = '%s/%s*' % (tmpdir, prefix)
+    cachedirs = sorted(glob.glob(dirpath))
+    for thisdir in cachedirs:
+        stats = os.lstat(thisdir)
+        if stat.S_ISDIR(stats[0]) and stat.S_IMODE(stats[0]) == 448 and stats[4] == os.getuid():
+            return thisdir
+
+    # make the dir (tempfile.mkdtemp())
+    cachedir = tempfile.mkdtemp(prefix=prefix, dir=tmpdir)
+    return cachedir
+
+
+    
+def main():
+    
+    if len(sys.argv) < 2:
+        raise Exception("Usage: nag-once cmdid [time-to-ignore]")
+    
+    cmdid = sys.argv[1]
+    # go through and remove stupid shit from cmdid
+    cmdid = cmdid.replace('/', '')
+    cmdid = cmdid.replace('#', '')
+    cmdid = cmdid.replace('..', '')
+    cmdid = cmdid.replace(';', '')
+    cmdid = cmdid.replace('|', '')
+    cmdid = cmdid.replace('&', '')
+    cmdid = cmdid.replace('\\', '')
+
+    now = time.time()
+    tti = None
+    if len(sys.argv) > 2:
+        tti = sys.argv[2]
+    
+    tti = translate_tti(tti)
+    
+    # make up or find our tempdir
+    mydir = get_cmdid_dir(cmdid)
+
+    old_output = None
+    old_date = 0
+    if os.path.exists(mydir + '/output'):
+        old_output = open(mydir + '/output').read()
+        old_date = os.lstat(mydir + '/output')[stat.ST_MTIME]
+            
+    # take from stdin
+    # 
+    theinput = sys.stdin.read()
+    try:
+        # at this point we have to handle any outputs more ourself b/c we've just read
+        # out of sys.stdin :(
+        
+        if theinput != old_output or (tti and now - old_date > tti):
+            if theinput.strip(): # if there is nothing here, don't output and don't drop a \n on the end of it
+                 print theinput,
+            fo = open(mydir + '/output', 'w')
+            fo.write(theinput)
+            fo.flush()
+            fo.close()
+        
+        
+    except Exception, e:
+        print >> sys.stderr, e
+        print >> sys.stderr, theinput
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    try:
+        main()
+    except Exception, e:
+        print >> sys.stderr, e
+        if not sys.stdin.isatty():
+            print >> sys.stderr, sys.stdin.read()
+
+

roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/needs-reboot.py

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#!/usr/bin/python -tt
+
+import yum
+import sys
+import time
+import fnmatch
+
+result = 0
+now = time.time()
+uptime = float(open('/proc/uptime', 'r').read().split()[0])
+
+rebootcausers = ('glibc', 'kernel*')
+
+my = yum.YumBase()
+my.preconf.init_plugins=False
+my.preconf.debuglevel=1
+my.preconf.errorlevel=1
+pkgs = my.rpmdb.returnPackages(patterns=rebootcausers)
+
+does='no'
+for pkg in pkgs:
+    if (now - pkg.installtime) < uptime:
+        does='yes'
+        break
+
+if len(sys.argv) > 1 and sys.argv[1] == 'after-updates':
+    for (n, a, e, v, r) in my.up.getUpdatesList():
+        for i in rebootcausers:
+            if fnmatch.fnmatch(n, i):
+                does='yes'
+
+
+print does
+sys.exit(0)
+
+

roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/proxy-conditional-reload.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# reload SERVICE only if PACKAGE is installed.
+# We use this throughout handlers/restart_services.yml
+
+SERVICE=$1
+PACKAGE=$2
+
+rpm -q $PACKAGE
+
+INSTALLED=$?
+
+if [ ! -f /etc/httpd/ticketkey_*.tkey ]; then
+    # This host is not configured yet, do not try and restart httpd
+    exit 0
+fi
+
+if [ $INSTALLED -eq 0 ]; then
+    echo "Package $PACKAGE installed.  Attempting reload of $SERVICE."
+    /sbin/service $SERVICE reload
+    exit $?  # Exit with the /sbin/service status code
+fi
+
+# If the package wasn't installed, then pretend everything is fine.
+echo "Package $PACKAGE not installed.  Skipping reload of $SERVICE."
+exit 0

roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/syncFiles.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# this script lets us sync files off of lockbox via rsync with locking and relatively niceness
+# look in rsyncd.conf on lockbox for what's available here
+
+set +e
+
+HOST=batcave01
+
+function cleanlock()
+{
+    /bin/rm -f /var/lock/$1.lock
+}
+
+
+function quit()
+{
+    echo $1
+    if [ $2 ]
+    then
+        cleanlock $2
+    fi
+    exit 2
+}
+
+function newlock()
+{
+    if [ -f /var/lock/$1.lock ]
+    then
+        quit "Lockfile exists.. Remove /var/lock/$1.lock"
+    else
+        touch /var/lock/$1.lock
+    fi
+}
+
+# General help
+if [ $3 ] || [ ! $2 ]
+then
+    quit "$0 source dest"
+fi
+
+lockname=`basename $1`
+newlock $lockname
+if [ ! -d $2 ]
+then
+	mkdir $2
+fi
+/usr/bin/rsync -a $HOST::$1/* $2
+cleanlock $lockname
+
+

roles/basessh/files/digicert-intermediate.pem

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----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+-----END CERTIFICATE-----
+

roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf

@@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
+# "false"
+# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset
+# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter
+# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf").
+#
+# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README
+# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use
+# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to
+# http://www.postfix.org/.
+#
+# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time,
+# and test if Postfix still works after every change.
+
+# SOFT BOUNCE
+#
+# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for
+# testing.  When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that
+# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated
+# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently
+# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce
+# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes.
+#
+#soft_bounce = no
+
+# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION
+#
+# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue.
+# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted.
+# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot
+# environments on different UNIX systems.
+#
+queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix
+
+# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all
+# postXXX commands.
+#
+command_directory = /usr/sbin
+
+# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix
+# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This
+# directory must be owned by root.
+#
+daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix
+
+# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP
+#
+# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue
+# and of most Postfix daemon processes.  Specify the name of a user
+# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS
+# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM.  In
+# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED
+# USER.
+#
+mail_owner = postfix
+
+# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by
+# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command.
+# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context.
+# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER.
+#
+#default_privs = nobody
+
+# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES
+# 
+# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this
+# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name
+# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many
+# other configuration parameters.
+#
+#myhostname = host.domain.tld
+#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld
+
+# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name.
+# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component.
+# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration
+# parameters.
+#
+#mydomain = domain.tld
+
+# SENDING MAIL
+# 
+# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted
+# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname,
+# which is fine for small sites.  If you run a domain with multiple
+# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up
+# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to
+# user@that.users.mailhost.
+#
+# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses,
+# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended
+# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part.
+#
+#myorigin = $myhostname
+#myorigin = $mydomain
+
+mydomain = fedoraproject.org
+myorigin = fedoraproject.org
+
+# RECEIVING MAIL
+
+# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on.  By default,
+# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The
+# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address].
+#
+# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that
+# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator.
+#
+# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes.
+#
+#inet_interfaces = all
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost
+inet_interfaces = all
+
+# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a
+# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends
+# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter.
+#
+# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a
+# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops
+# will happen when the primary MX host is down.
+#
+#proxy_interfaces =
+#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4
+
+# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this
+# machine considers itself the final destination for.
+#
+# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the
+# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX
+# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd
+# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent.
+#
+# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain.  On a mail domain
+# gateway, you should also include $mydomain.
+#
+# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are
+# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README).
+#
+# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX
+# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for
+# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see
+# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README).
+#
+# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed
+# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system
+# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter).
+#
+# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table
+# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name
+# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when
+# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored).
+# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace.
+#
+# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS".
+#
+mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost 
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain,
+#	mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain
+
+# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS
+#
+# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect
+# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default.
+#
+# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify
+# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty).
+#
+# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local
+# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the
+# local_recipient_maps setting if:
+#
+# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than
+#   /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files.
+#   For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in    
+#   the $virtual_mailbox_maps files.
+#
+# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf.
+#
+# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf.
+#
+# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport"
+#   feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)).
+#
+# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file.
+#
+# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have
+# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to
+# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of
+# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld
+# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps =
+
+# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server
+# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or
+# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty
+# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found.
+#
+# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start
+# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your
+# local_recipient_maps settings are OK.
+#
+unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550
+
+# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL
+
+# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP
+# clients that have more privileges than "strangers".
+#
+# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail
+# through Postfix.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter
+# in postconf(5).
+#
+# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand
+# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default).
+#
+# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine.
+# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified
+# with the "ifconfig" command.
+# 
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine.
+# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust"
+# your entire provider's network.  Instead, specify an explicit
+# mynetworks list by hand, as described below.
+#  
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust"
+# only the local machine.
+# 
+#mynetworks_style = class
+#mynetworks_style = subnet
+#mynetworks_style = host
+
+# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in
+# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting.
+#
+# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the
+# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host
+# address.
+#
+# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead
+# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups
+# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used).
+#
+#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8
+#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks
+#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table
+
+
+# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will
+# relay mail to.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in
+# postconf(5) for detailed information.
+#
+# By default, Postfix relays mail
+# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination,
+# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or
+#   subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing.
+# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination.
+# 
+# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail
+# that Postfix is final destination for:
+# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces,
+# - destinations that match $mydestination
+# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains,
+# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains.
+# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains.
+# 
+# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name
+# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace.  Continue
+# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name
+# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a
+# (parent) domain appears as lookup key.
+#
+# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that
+# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the
+# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5).
+#
+#relay_domains = $mydestination
+
+
+
+# INTERNET OR INTRANET
+
+# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to
+# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When
+# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination.
+#
+# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your
+# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet
+# gateway host instead.
+#
+# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port,
+# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups.
+#
+# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter.
+#
+#relayhost = $mydomain
+#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain]
+#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld]
+#relayhost = uucphost
+#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress]
+relayhost =  bastion
+
+
+# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS
+#
+# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify
+# a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients
+
+# INPUT RATE CONTROL
+#
+# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input
+# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it
+# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due
+# to an SCO bug).
+# 
+# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before
+# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the
+# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process
+# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more
+# than the number of messages delivered per second.
+# 
+# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10.
+# 
+#in_flow_delay = 1s
+
+# ADDRESS REWRITING
+#
+# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about
+# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including
+# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping.
+
+masquerade_domains = redhat.com
+masquerade_exceptions = root apache
+
+# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN)
+#
+# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms
+# of domain hosting that Postfix supports.
+
+# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# TRANSPORT MAP
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# ALIAS DATABASE
+#
+# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used
+# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent.
+#
+# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias
+# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax
+# details.
+# 
+# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or
+# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run
+# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file.
+#
+# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible.  Use
+# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay.
+#
+#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases
+alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases
+#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases
+
+# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that
+# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi".  This is a separate
+# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify
+# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix.
+#
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases
+alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases
+
+# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo)
+#
+# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between
+# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5),
+# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on
+# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups.
+# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before
+# trying user and .forward.
+#
+recipient_delimiter = +
+
+# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX
+#
+# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a
+# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default
+# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user.  Specify
+# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required).
+#
+#home_mailbox = Mailbox
+#home_mailbox = Maildir/
+ 
+# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where
+# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the
+# system type.
+#
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail
+
+# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external
+# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as
+# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings.
+# Exception:  delivery for root is done as $default_user.
+#
+# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username),
+# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address),
+# and LOCAL (the address localpart).
+#
+# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command
+# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to
+# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below).
+#
+# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run
+# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough.
+#
+# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN
+# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER.
+#
+#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail
+#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION"
+
+# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter
+# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and
+# luser_relay parameters.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+
+# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP
+# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered
+# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the
+# mailbox_transport as below:
+#
+# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#
+# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via
+# these settings.
+#
+# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300
+# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5
+#
+# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the
+# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting
+# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store
+# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control
+# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus
+# message store. 
+#
+# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set:
+#mailbox_transport = cyrus
+
+# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database.
+# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#fallback_transport =
+
+#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport
+# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address
+# for unknown recipients.  By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination,
+# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned
+# as undeliverable.
+#
+# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient
+# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory),
+# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address
+# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient
+# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or
+# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist.
+#
+# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#luser_relay = $user@other.host
+#luser_relay = $local@other.host
+#luser_relay = admin+$local
+  
+# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS
+# 
+# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file
+# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview.
+
+# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns
+# that each logical message header is matched against, including
+# headers that span multiple physical lines.
+#
+# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the
+# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and
+# attached message headers were treated as body text.
+#
+# For details, see "man header_checks".
+#
+header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks
+
+# FAST ETRN SERVICE
+#
+# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about
+# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP
+# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld".
+# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description.
+# 
+# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are
+# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that
+# this server is willing to relay mail to.
+# 
+#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains
+
+# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT
+#
+# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220
+# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see
+# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version.
+#
+# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an
+# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care.
+#
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version)
+
+# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION
+#
+# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local
+# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery
+# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially,
+# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when
+# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10
+# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to
+# raise eyebrows.
+# 
+# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit
+# parameter.  The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for
+# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2.
+
+#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2
+#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20
+
+# DEBUGGING CONTROL
+#
+# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose
+# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address
+# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter.
+#
+debug_peer_level = 2
+
+# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain
+# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When
+# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern,
+# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the
+# debug_peer_level parameter.
+#
+#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1
+#debug_peer_list = some.domain
+
+# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed
+# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option.
+#
+# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before
+# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to
+# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix.
+#
+debugger_command =
+	 PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin
+	 xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5
+
+# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a
+# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration
+# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID.
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont;
+#	echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1
+#	>$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5
+#
+# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session.
+# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r
+# <id_string>" where <id_string> uniquely matches one of the detached
+# sessions (from "screen -list").
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen
+#	-dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name
+#	$process_id & sleep 1
+
+# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
+#
+# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version.
+# 
+# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface.
+# 
+sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix
+
+# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases.
+#
+newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix
+
+# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command.  This
+# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command.
+# 
+mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix
+
+# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management
+# commands.  This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that
+# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account.
+#
+setgid_group = postdrop
+
+# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation.
+#
+html_directory = no
+
+# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages.
+#
+manpage_directory = /usr/share/man
+
+# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files.
+# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1.
+#
+sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples
+
+# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files.
+#
+readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES
+
+# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other 
+# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. 
+
+
+message_size_limit = 20971520
+#inet_protocols = ipv4

roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.209.132.184.113

@@ -0,0 +1,686 @@
+# "false"
+# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset
+# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter
+# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf").
+#
+# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README
+# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use
+# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to
+# http://www.postfix.org/.
+#
+# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time,
+# and test if Postfix still works after every change.
+
+# SOFT BOUNCE
+#
+# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for
+# testing.  When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that
+# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated
+# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently
+# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce
+# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes.
+#
+#soft_bounce = no
+
+# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION
+#
+# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue.
+# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted.
+# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot
+# environments on different UNIX systems.
+#
+queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix
+
+# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all
+# postXXX commands.
+#
+command_directory = /usr/sbin
+
+# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix
+# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This
+# directory must be owned by root.
+#
+daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix
+
+# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP
+#
+# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue
+# and of most Postfix daemon processes.  Specify the name of a user
+# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS
+# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM.  In
+# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED
+# USER.
+#
+mail_owner = postfix
+
+# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by
+# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command.
+# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context.
+# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER.
+#
+#default_privs = nobody
+
+# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES
+# 
+# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this
+# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name
+# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many
+# other configuration parameters.
+#
+#myhostname = host.domain.tld
+#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld
+
+# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name.
+# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component.
+# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration
+# parameters.
+#
+#mydomain = domain.tld
+
+# SENDING MAIL
+# 
+# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted
+# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname,
+# which is fine for small sites.  If you run a domain with multiple
+# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up
+# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to
+# user@that.users.mailhost.
+#
+# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses,
+# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended
+# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part.
+#
+#myorigin = $myhostname
+#myorigin = $mydomain
+
+mydomain = fedoraproject.org
+myorigin = fedoraproject.org
+
+# RECEIVING MAIL
+
+# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on.  By default,
+# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The
+# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address].
+#
+# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that
+# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator.
+#
+# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes.
+#
+#inet_interfaces = all
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost
+inet_interfaces = all
+
+# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a
+# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends
+# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter.
+#
+# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a
+# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops
+# will happen when the primary MX host is down.
+#
+#proxy_interfaces =
+#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4
+
+# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this
+# machine considers itself the final destination for.
+#
+# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the
+# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX
+# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd
+# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent.
+#
+# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain.  On a mail domain
+# gateway, you should also include $mydomain.
+#
+# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are
+# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README).
+#
+# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX
+# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for
+# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see
+# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README).
+#
+# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed
+# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system
+# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter).
+#
+# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table
+# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name
+# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when
+# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored).
+# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace.
+#
+# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS".
+#
+mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost 
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain,
+#	mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain
+
+# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS
+#
+# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect
+# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default.
+#
+# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify
+# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty).
+#
+# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local
+# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the
+# local_recipient_maps setting if:
+#
+# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than
+#   /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files.
+#   For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in    
+#   the $virtual_mailbox_maps files.
+#
+# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf.
+#
+# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf.
+#
+# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport"
+#   feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)).
+#
+# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file.
+#
+# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have
+# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to
+# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of
+# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld
+# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps =
+
+# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server
+# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or
+# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty
+# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found.
+#
+# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start
+# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your
+# local_recipient_maps settings are OK.
+#
+unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550
+
+# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL
+
+# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP
+# clients that have more privileges than "strangers".
+#
+# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail
+# through Postfix.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter
+# in postconf(5).
+#
+# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand
+# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default).
+#
+# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine.
+# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified
+# with the "ifconfig" command.
+# 
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine.
+# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust"
+# your entire provider's network.  Instead, specify an explicit
+# mynetworks list by hand, as described below.
+#  
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust"
+# only the local machine.
+# 
+#mynetworks_style = class
+#mynetworks_style = subnet
+#mynetworks_style = host
+
+# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in
+# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting.
+#
+# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the
+# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host
+# address.
+#
+# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead
+# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups
+# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used).
+#
+#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8
+#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks
+#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table
+
+
+# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will
+# relay mail to.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in
+# postconf(5) for detailed information.
+#
+# By default, Postfix relays mail
+# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination,
+# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or
+#   subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing.
+# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination.
+# 
+# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail
+# that Postfix is final destination for:
+# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces,
+# - destinations that match $mydestination
+# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains,
+# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains.
+# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains.
+# 
+# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name
+# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace.  Continue
+# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name
+# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a
+# (parent) domain appears as lookup key.
+#
+# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that
+# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the
+# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5).
+#
+#relay_domains = $mydestination
+
+
+
+# INTERNET OR INTRANET
+
+# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to
+# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When
+# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination.
+#
+# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your
+# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet
+# gateway host instead.
+#
+# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port,
+# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups.
+#
+# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter.
+#
+#relayhost = $mydomain
+#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain]
+#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld]
+#relayhost = uucphost
+#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress]
+relayhost =  
+
+
+# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS
+#
+# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify
+# a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients
+
+# INPUT RATE CONTROL
+#
+# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input
+# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it
+# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due
+# to an SCO bug).
+# 
+# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before
+# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the
+# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process
+# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more
+# than the number of messages delivered per second.
+# 
+# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10.
+# 
+#in_flow_delay = 1s
+
+# ADDRESS REWRITING
+#
+# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about
+# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including
+# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping.
+
+masquerade_domains = redhat.com
+masquerade_exceptions = root apache
+
+# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN)
+#
+# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms
+# of domain hosting that Postfix supports.
+
+# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# TRANSPORT MAP
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# ALIAS DATABASE
+#
+# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used
+# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent.
+#
+# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias
+# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax
+# details.
+# 
+# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or
+# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run
+# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file.
+#
+# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible.  Use
+# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay.
+#
+#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases
+alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases
+#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases
+
+# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that
+# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi".  This is a separate
+# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify
+# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix.
+#
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases
+alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases
+
+# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo)
+#
+# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between
+# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5),
+# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on
+# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups.
+# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before
+# trying user and .forward.
+#
+recipient_delimiter = +
+
+# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX
+#
+# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a
+# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default
+# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user.  Specify
+# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required).
+#
+#home_mailbox = Mailbox
+#home_mailbox = Maildir/
+ 
+# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where
+# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the
+# system type.
+#
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail
+
+# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external
+# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as
+# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings.
+# Exception:  delivery for root is done as $default_user.
+#
+# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username),
+# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address),
+# and LOCAL (the address localpart).
+#
+# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command
+# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to
+# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below).
+#
+# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run
+# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough.
+#
+# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN
+# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER.
+#
+#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail
+#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION"
+
+# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter
+# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and
+# luser_relay parameters.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+
+# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP
+# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered
+# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the
+# mailbox_transport as below:
+#
+# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#
+# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via
+# these settings.
+#
+# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300
+# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5
+#
+# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the
+# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting
+# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store
+# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control
+# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus
+# message store. 
+#
+# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set:
+#mailbox_transport = cyrus
+
+# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database.
+# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#fallback_transport =
+
+#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport
+# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address
+# for unknown recipients.  By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination,
+# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned
+# as undeliverable.
+#
+# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient
+# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory),
+# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address
+# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient
+# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or
+# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist.
+#
+# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#luser_relay = $user@other.host
+#luser_relay = $local@other.host
+#luser_relay = admin+$local
+  
+# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS
+# 
+# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file
+# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview.
+
+# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns
+# that each logical message header is matched against, including
+# headers that span multiple physical lines.
+#
+# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the
+# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and
+# attached message headers were treated as body text.
+#
+# For details, see "man header_checks".
+#
+header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks
+
+# FAST ETRN SERVICE
+#
+# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about
+# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP
+# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld".
+# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description.
+# 
+# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are
+# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that
+# this server is willing to relay mail to.
+# 
+#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains
+
+# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT
+#
+# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220
+# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see
+# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version.
+#
+# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an
+# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care.
+#
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version)
+
+# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION
+#
+# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local
+# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery
+# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially,
+# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when
+# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10
+# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to
+# raise eyebrows.
+# 
+# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit
+# parameter.  The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for
+# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2.
+
+#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2
+#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20
+
+# DEBUGGING CONTROL
+#
+# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose
+# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address
+# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter.
+#
+debug_peer_level = 2
+
+# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain
+# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When
+# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern,
+# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the
+# debug_peer_level parameter.
+#
+#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1
+#debug_peer_list = some.domain
+
+# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed
+# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option.
+#
+# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before
+# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to
+# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix.
+#
+debugger_command =
+	 PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin
+	 xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5
+
+# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a
+# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration
+# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID.
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont;
+#	echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1
+#	>$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5
+#
+# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session.
+# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r
+# <id_string>" where <id_string> uniquely matches one of the detached
+# sessions (from "screen -list").
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen
+#	-dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name
+#	$process_id & sleep 1
+
+# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
+#
+# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version.
+# 
+# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface.
+# 
+sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix
+
+# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases.
+#
+newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix
+
+# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command.  This
+# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command.
+# 
+mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix
+
+# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management
+# commands.  This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that
+# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account.
+#
+setgid_group = postdrop
+
+# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation.
+#
+html_directory = no
+
+# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages.
+#
+manpage_directory = /usr/share/man
+
+# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files.
+# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1.
+#
+sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples
+
+# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files.
+#
+readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES
+
+# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other 
+# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. 
+
+
+message_size_limit = 20971520

roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.collab03.fedoraproject.org

@@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
+# "false"
+# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset
+# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter
+# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf").
+#
+# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README
+# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use
+# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to
+# http://www.postfix.org/.
+#
+# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time,
+# and test if Postfix still works after every change.
+
+# SOFT BOUNCE
+#
+# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for
+# testing.  When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that
+# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated
+# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently
+# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce
+# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes.
+#
+#soft_bounce = no
+
+# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION
+#
+# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue.
+# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted.
+# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot
+# environments on different UNIX systems.
+#
+queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix
+
+# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all
+# postXXX commands.
+#
+command_directory = /usr/sbin
+
+# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix
+# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This
+# directory must be owned by root.
+#
+daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix
+
+# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP
+#
+# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue
+# and of most Postfix daemon processes.  Specify the name of a user
+# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS
+# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM.  In
+# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED
+# USER.
+#
+mail_owner = postfix
+
+# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by
+# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command.
+# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context.
+# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER.
+#
+#default_privs = nobody
+
+# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES
+#
+# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this
+# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name
+# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many
+# other configuration parameters.
+#
+#myhostname = host.domain.tld
+#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld
+
+# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name.
+# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component.
+# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration
+# parameters.
+#
+#mydomain = domain.tld
+
+# SENDING MAIL
+#
+# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted
+# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname,
+# which is fine for small sites.  If you run a domain with multiple
+# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up
+# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to
+# user@that.users.mailhost.
+#
+# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses,
+# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended
+# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part.
+#
+#myorigin = $myhostname
+#myorigin = $mydomain
+
+myhostname = lists.fedoraproject.org
+myorigin = lists.fedoraproject.org
+
+# RECEIVING MAIL
+
+# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on.  By default,
+# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The
+# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address].
+#
+# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that
+# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator.
+#
+# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes.
+#
+#inet_interfaces = all
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost
+inet_interfaces = all
+
+# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a
+# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends
+# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter.
+#
+# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a
+# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops
+# will happen when the primary MX host is down.
+#
+#proxy_interfaces =
+#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4
+
+# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this
+# machine considers itself the final destination for.
+#
+# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the
+# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX
+# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd
+# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent.
+#
+# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain.  On a mail domain
+# gateway, you should also include $mydomain.
+#
+# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are
+# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README).
+#
+# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX
+# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for
+# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see
+# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README).
+#
+# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed
+# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system
+# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter).
+#
+# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table
+# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name
+# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when
+# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored).
+# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace.
+#
+# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS".
+#
+mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain,
+#	mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain
+
+# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS
+#
+# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect
+# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default.
+#
+# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify
+# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty).
+#
+# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local
+# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the
+# local_recipient_maps setting if:
+#
+# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than
+#   /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files.
+#   For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in
+#   the $virtual_mailbox_maps files.
+#
+# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf.
+#
+# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf.
+#
+# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport"
+#   feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)).
+#
+# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file.
+#
+# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have
+# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to
+# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of
+# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld
+# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address.
+#
+local_recipient_maps = $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps =
+
+# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server
+# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or
+# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty
+# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found.
+#
+# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start
+# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your
+# local_recipient_maps settings are OK.
+#
+unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550
+
+# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL
+
+# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP
+# clients that have more privileges than "strangers".
+#
+# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail
+# through Postfix.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter
+# in postconf(5).
+#
+# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand
+# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default).
+#
+# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine.
+# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified
+# with the "ifconfig" command.
+#
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine.
+# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust"
+# your entire provider's network.  Instead, specify an explicit
+# mynetworks list by hand, as described below.
+#
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust"
+# only the local machine.
+#
+#mynetworks_style = class
+#mynetworks_style = subnet
+#mynetworks_style = host
+
+# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in
+# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting.
+#
+# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the
+# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host
+# address.
+#
+# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead
+# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups
+# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used).
+#
+#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8
+#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks
+#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table
+
+
+# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will
+# relay mail to.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in
+# postconf(5) for detailed information.
+#
+# By default, Postfix relays mail
+# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination,
+# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or
+#   subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing.
+# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination.
+#
+# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail
+# that Postfix is final destination for:
+# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces,
+# - destinations that match $mydestination
+# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains,
+# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains.
+# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains.
+#
+# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name
+# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace.  Continue
+# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name
+# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a
+# (parent) domain appears as lookup key.
+#
+# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that
+# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the
+# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5).
+#
+#relay_domains = $mydestination
+
+
+
+# INTERNET OR INTRANET
+
+# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to
+# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When
+# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination.
+#
+# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your
+# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet
+# gateway host instead.
+#
+# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port,
+# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups.
+#
+# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter.
+#
+#relayhost = $mydomain
+#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain]
+#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld]
+#relayhost = uucphost
+#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress]
+relayhost = [192.168.0.1]
+
+
+# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS
+#
+# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify
+# a user@domain.tld address.
+#
+#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients
+
+# INPUT RATE CONTROL
+#
+# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input
+# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it
+# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due
+# to an SCO bug).
+#
+# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before
+# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the
+# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process
+# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more
+# than the number of messages delivered per second.
+#
+# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10.
+#
+#in_flow_delay = 1s
+
+# ADDRESS REWRITING
+#
+# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about
+# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including
+# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping.
+
+masquerade_domains = redhat.com
+masquerade_exceptions = root apache
+
+# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN)
+#
+# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms
+# of domain hosting that Postfix supports.
+
+# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# TRANSPORT MAP
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# ALIAS DATABASE
+#
+# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used
+# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent.
+#
+# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias
+# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax
+# details.
+#
+# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or
+# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run
+# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file.
+#
+# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible.  Use
+# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay.
+#
+#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases
+alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/etc/mailman/aliases
+#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases
+#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases
+
+# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that
+# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi".  This is a separate
+# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify
+# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix.
+#
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases
+alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases
+
+# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo)
+#
+# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between
+# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5),
+# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on
+# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups.
+# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before
+# trying user and .forward.
+#
+recipient_delimiter = +
+
+# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX
+#
+# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a
+# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default
+# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user.  Specify
+# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required).
+#
+#home_mailbox = Mailbox
+#home_mailbox = Maildir/
+
+# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where
+# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the
+# system type.
+#
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail
+
+# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external
+# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as
+# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings.
+# Exception:  delivery for root is done as $default_user.
+#
+# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username),
+# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address),
+# and LOCAL (the address localpart).
+#
+# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command
+# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to
+# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below).
+#
+# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run
+# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough.
+#
+# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN
+# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER.
+#
+#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail
+#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION"
+
+# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter
+# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and
+# luser_relay parameters.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+
+# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP
+# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered
+# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the
+# mailbox_transport as below:
+#
+# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#
+# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via
+# these settings.
+#
+# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300
+# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5
+#
+# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the
+# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting
+# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store
+# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control
+# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus
+# message store.
+#
+# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set:
+#mailbox_transport = cyrus
+
+# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database.
+# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#fallback_transport =
+
+#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport
+# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address
+# for unknown recipients.  By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination,
+# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned
+# as undeliverable.
+#
+# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient
+# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory),
+# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address
+# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient
+# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or
+# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist.
+#
+# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#luser_relay = $user@other.host
+#luser_relay = $local@other.host
+#luser_relay = admin+$local
+
+# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS
+#
+# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file
+# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview.
+
+# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns
+# that each logical message header is matched against, including
+# headers that span multiple physical lines.
+#
+# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the
+# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and
+# attached message headers were treated as body text.
+#
+# For details, see "man header_checks".
+#
+header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks
+
+# FAST ETRN SERVICE
+#
+# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about
+# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP
+# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld".
+# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description.
+#
+# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are
+# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that
+# this server is willing to relay mail to.
+#
+#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains
+
+# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT
+#
+# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220
+# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see
+# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version.
+#
+# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an
+# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care.
+#
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version)
+
+# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION
+#
+# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local
+# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery
+# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially,
+# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when
+# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10
+# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to
+# raise eyebrows.
+#
+# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit
+# parameter.  The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for
+# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2.
+
+#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2
+#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20
+
+# DEBUGGING CONTROL
+#
+# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose
+# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address
+# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter.
+#
+debug_peer_level = 2
+
+# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain
+# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When
+# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern,
+# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the
+# debug_peer_level parameter.
+#
+#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1
+#debug_peer_list = some.domain
+
+# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed
+# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option.
+#
+# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before
+# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to
+# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix.
+#
+debugger_command =
+	 PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin
+	 xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5
+
+# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a
+# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration
+# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID.
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont;
+#	echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1
+#	>$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5
+#
+# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session.
+# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r
+# <id_string>" where <id_string> uniquely matches one of the detached
+# sessions (from "screen -list").
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen
+#	-dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name
+#	$process_id & sleep 1
+
+# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
+#
+# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version.
+#
+# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface.
+#
+sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix
+
+# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases.
+#
+newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix
+
+# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command.  This
+# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command.
+#
+mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix
+
+# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management
+# commands.  This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that
+# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account.
+#
+setgid_group = postdrop
+
+# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation.
+#
+html_directory = no
+
+# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages.
+#
+manpage_directory = /usr/share/man
+
+# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files.
+# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1.
+#
+sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples
+
+# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files.
+#
+readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES
+
+# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other
+# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway.
+
+smtp_host_lookup = dns,native
+message_size_limit = 20971520

roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.copr

@@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
+# "false"
+# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset
+# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter
+# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf").
+#
+# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README
+# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use
+# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to
+# http://www.postfix.org/.
+#
+# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time,
+# and test if Postfix still works after every change.
+
+# SOFT BOUNCE
+#
+# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for
+# testing.  When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that
+# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated
+# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently
+# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce
+# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes.
+#
+#soft_bounce = no
+
+# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION
+#
+# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue.
+# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted.
+# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot
+# environments on different UNIX systems.
+#
+queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix
+
+# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all
+# postXXX commands.
+#
+command_directory = /usr/sbin
+
+# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix
+# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This
+# directory must be owned by root.
+#
+daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix
+
+# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP
+#
+# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue
+# and of most Postfix daemon processes.  Specify the name of a user
+# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS
+# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM.  In
+# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED
+# USER.
+#
+mail_owner = postfix
+
+# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by
+# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command.
+# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context.
+# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER.
+#
+#default_privs = nobody
+
+# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES
+#
+# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this
+# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name
+# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many
+# other configuration parameters.
+#
+#myhostname = host.domain.tld
+#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld
+
+# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name.
+# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component.
+# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration
+# parameters.
+#
+#mydomain = domain.tld
+
+# SENDING MAIL
+#
+# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted
+# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname,
+# which is fine for small sites.  If you run a domain with multiple
+# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up
+# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to
+# user@that.users.mailhost.
+#
+# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses,
+# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended
+# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part.
+#
+#myorigin = $myhostname
+#myorigin = $mydomain
+
+mydomain = fedoraproject.org
+myorigin = fedoraproject.org
+
+# RECEIVING MAIL
+
+# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on.  By default,
+# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The
+# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address].
+#
+# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that
+# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator.
+#
+# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes.
+#
+#inet_interfaces = all
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost
+inet_interfaces = all
+
+# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a
+# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends
+# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter.
+#
+# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a
+# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops
+# will happen when the primary MX host is down.
+#
+#proxy_interfaces =
+#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4
+
+# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this
+# machine considers itself the final destination for.
+#
+# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the
+# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX
+# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd
+# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent.
+#
+# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain.  On a mail domain
+# gateway, you should also include $mydomain.
+#
+# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are
+# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README).
+#
+# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX
+# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for
+# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see
+# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README).
+#
+# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed
+# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system
+# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter).
+#
+# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table
+# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name
+# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when
+# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored).
+# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace.
+#
+# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS".
+#
+mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain,
+#	mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain
+
+# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS
+#
+# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect
+# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default.
+#
+# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify
+# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty).
+#
+# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local
+# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the
+# local_recipient_maps setting if:
+#
+# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than
+#   /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files.
+#   For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in
+#   the $virtual_mailbox_maps files.
+#
+# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf.
+#
+# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf.
+#
+# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport"
+#   feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)).
+#
+# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file.
+#
+# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have
+# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to
+# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of
+# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld
+# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address.
+#
+#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps =
+
+# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server
+# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or
+# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty
+# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found.
+#
+# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start
+# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your
+# local_recipient_maps settings are OK.
+#
+unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550
+
+# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL
+
+# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP
+# clients that have more privileges than "strangers".
+#
+# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail
+# through Postfix.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter
+# in postconf(5).
+#
+# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand
+# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default).
+#
+# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine.
+# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified
+# with the "ifconfig" command.
+#
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine.
+# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust"
+# your entire provider's network.  Instead, specify an explicit
+# mynetworks list by hand, as described below.
+#
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust"
+# only the local machine.
+#
+#mynetworks_style = class
+#mynetworks_style = subnet
+#mynetworks_style = host
+
+# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in
+# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting.
+#
+# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the
+# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host
+# address.
+#
+# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead
+# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups
+# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used).
+#
+#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8
+#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks
+#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table
+
+
+# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will
+# relay mail to.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in
+# postconf(5) for detailed information.
+#
+# By default, Postfix relays mail
+# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination,
+# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or
+#   subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing.
+# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination.
+#
+# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail
+# that Postfix is final destination for:
+# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces,
+# - destinations that match $mydestination
+# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains,
+# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains.
+# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains.
+#
+# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name
+# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace.  Continue
+# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name
+# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a
+# (parent) domain appears as lookup key.
+#
+# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that
+# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the
+# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5).
+#
+#relay_domains = $mydestination
+
+
+
+# INTERNET OR INTRANET
+
+# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to
+# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When
+# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination.
+#
+# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your
+# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet
+# gateway host instead.
+#
+# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port,
+# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups.
+#
+# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter.
+#
+#relayhost = $mydomain
+#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain]
+#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld]
+#relayhost = uucphost
+#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress]
+#relayhost = mx1.redhat.com
+
+
+# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS
+#
+# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify
+# a user@domain.tld address.
+#
+#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients
+
+# INPUT RATE CONTROL
+#
+# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input
+# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it
+# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due
+# to an SCO bug).
+#
+# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before
+# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the
+# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process
+# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more
+# than the number of messages delivered per second.
+#
+# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10.
+#
+#in_flow_delay = 1s
+
+# ADDRESS REWRITING
+#
+# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about
+# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including
+# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping.
+
+#masquerade_domains = redhat.com
+#masquerade_exceptions = root apache
+
+# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN)
+#
+# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms
+# of domain hosting that Postfix supports.
+
+# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# TRANSPORT MAP
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# ALIAS DATABASE
+#
+# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used
+# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent.
+#
+# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias
+# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax
+# details.
+#
+# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or
+# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run
+# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file.
+#
+# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible.  Use
+# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay.
+#
+#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases
+alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases
+#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases
+
+# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that
+# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi".  This is a separate
+# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify
+# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix.
+#
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases
+alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases
+
+# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo)
+#
+# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between
+# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5),
+# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on
+# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups.
+# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before
+# trying user and .forward.
+#
+recipient_delimiter = +
+
+# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX
+#
+# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a
+# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default
+# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user.  Specify
+# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required).
+#
+#home_mailbox = Mailbox
+#home_mailbox = Maildir/
+
+# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where
+# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the
+# system type.
+#
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail
+
+# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external
+# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as
+# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings.
+# Exception:  delivery for root is done as $default_user.
+#
+# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username),
+# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address),
+# and LOCAL (the address localpart).
+#
+# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command
+# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to
+# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below).
+#
+# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run
+# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough.
+#
+# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN
+# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER.
+#
+#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail
+#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION"
+
+# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter
+# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and
+# luser_relay parameters.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+
+# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP
+# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered
+# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the
+# mailbox_transport as below:
+#
+# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#
+# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via
+# these settings.
+#
+# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300
+# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5
+#
+# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the
+# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting
+# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store
+# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control
+# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus
+# message store.
+#
+# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set:
+#mailbox_transport = cyrus
+
+# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database.
+# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#fallback_transport =
+
+#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport
+# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address
+# for unknown recipients.  By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination,
+# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned
+# as undeliverable.
+#
+# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient
+# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory),
+# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address
+# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient
+# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or
+# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist.
+#
+# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#luser_relay = $user@other.host
+#luser_relay = $local@other.host
+#luser_relay = admin+$local
+
+# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS
+#
+# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file
+# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview.
+
+# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns
+# that each logical message header is matched against, including
+# headers that span multiple physical lines.
+#
+# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the
+# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and
+# attached message headers were treated as body text.
+#
+# For details, see "man header_checks".
+#
+header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks
+
+# FAST ETRN SERVICE
+#
+# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about
+# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP
+# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld".
+# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description.
+#
+# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are
+# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that
+# this server is willing to relay mail to.
+#
+#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains
+
+# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT
+#
+# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220
+# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see
+# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version.
+#
+# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an
+# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care.
+#
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version)
+
+# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION
+#
+# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local
+# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery
+# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially,
+# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when
+# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10
+# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to
+# raise eyebrows.
+#
+# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit
+# parameter.  The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for
+# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2.
+
+#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2
+#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20
+
+# DEBUGGING CONTROL
+#
+# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose
+# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address
+# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter.
+#
+debug_peer_level = 2
+
+# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain
+# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When
+# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern,
+# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the
+# debug_peer_level parameter.
+#
+#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1
+#debug_peer_list = some.domain
+
+# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed
+# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option.
+#
+# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before
+# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to
+# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix.
+#
+debugger_command =
+	 PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin
+	 xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5
+
+# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a
+# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration
+# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID.
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont;
+#	echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1
+#	>$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5
+#
+# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session.
+# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r
+# <id_string>" where <id_string> uniquely matches one of the detached
+# sessions (from "screen -list").
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen
+#	-dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name
+#	$process_id & sleep 1
+
+# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
+#
+# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version.
+#
+# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface.
+#
+sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix
+
+# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases.
+#
+newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix
+
+# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command.  This
+# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command.
+#
+mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix
+
+# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management
+# commands.  This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that
+# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account.
+#
+setgid_group = postdrop
+
+# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation.
+#
+html_directory = no
+
+# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages.
+#
+manpage_directory = /usr/share/man
+
+# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files.
+# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1.
+#
+sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples
+
+# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files.
+#
+readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES
+
+# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other
+# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway.
+
+
+message_size_limit = 20971520
+inet_protocols = ipv4

roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.gateway

@@ -0,0 +1,747 @@
+# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset
+# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter
+# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf").
+#
+# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README
+# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use
+# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to
+# http://www.postfix.org/.
+#
+# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time,
+# and test if Postfix still works after every change.
+
+# Custom rules
+
+# SOFT BOUNCE
+#
+# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for
+# testing.  When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that
+# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated
+# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently
+# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce
+# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes.
+#
+#soft_bounce = no
+
+# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION
+#
+# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue.
+# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted.
+# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot
+# environments on different UNIX systems.
+#
+queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix
+
+# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all
+# postXXX commands.
+#
+command_directory = /usr/sbin
+
+# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix
+# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This
+# directory must be owned by root.
+#
+daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix
+
+# The data_directory parameter specifies the location of Postfix-writable
+# data files (caches, random numbers). This directory must be owned
+# by the mail_owner account (see below).
+#
+data_directory = /var/lib/postfix
+
+# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP
+#
+# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue
+# and of most Postfix daemon processes.  Specify the name of a user
+# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS
+# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM.  In
+# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED
+# USER.
+#
+mail_owner = postfix
+
+# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by
+# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command.
+# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context.
+# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER.
+#
+#default_privs = nobody
+
+# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES
+# 
+# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this
+# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name
+# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many
+# other configuration parameters.
+#
+#myhostname = host.domain.tld
+#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld
+
+
+smtp_helo_name = bastion.fedoraproject.org
+
+# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name.
+# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component.
+# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration
+# parameters.
+#
+#mydomain = domain.tld
+
+mydomain = fedoraproject.org
+
+# SENDING MAIL
+# 
+# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted
+# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname,
+# which is fine for small sites.  If you run a domain with multiple
+# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up
+# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to
+# user@that.users.mailhost.
+#
+# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses,
+# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended
+# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part.
+#
+#myorigin = $myhostname
+#myorigin = $mydomain
+
+myorigin = fedoraproject.org
+
+# RECEIVING MAIL
+
+# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on.  By default,
+# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The
+# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address].
+#
+# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that
+# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator.
+#
+# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes.
+#
+#inet_interfaces = all
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost
+
+inet_interfaces = all
+
+# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a
+# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends
+# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter.
+#
+# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a
+# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops
+# will happen when the primary MX host is down.
+#
+#proxy_interfaces =
+#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4
+
+# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this
+# machine considers itself the final destination for.
+#
+# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the
+# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX
+# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd
+# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent.
+#
+# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain.  On a mail domain
+# gateway, you should also include $mydomain.
+#
+# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are
+# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README).
+#
+# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX
+# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for
+# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see
+# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README).
+#
+# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed
+# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system
+# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter).
+#
+# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table
+# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name
+# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when
+# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored).
+# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace.
+#
+# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS".
+#
+
+mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost , $mydomain, stg.fedoraproject.org, fedorahosted.org
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain,
+#	mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain
+
+# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS
+#
+# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect
+# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default.
+#
+# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify
+# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty).
+#
+# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local
+# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the
+# local_recipient_maps setting if:
+#
+# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than
+#   /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files.
+#   For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in    
+#   the $virtual_mailbox_maps files.
+#
+# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf.
+#
+# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf.
+#
+# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport"
+#   feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)).
+#
+# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file.
+#
+# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have
+# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to
+# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of
+# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld
+# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps =
+local_recipient_maps = $alias_maps hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipient_maps
+
+# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server
+# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or
+# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty
+# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found.
+#
+# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start
+# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your
+# local_recipient_maps settings are OK.
+#
+unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550
+
+# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL
+
+# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP
+# clients that have more privileges than "strangers".
+#
+# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail
+# through Postfix.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter
+# in postconf(5).
+#
+# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand
+# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default).
+#
+# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine.
+# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified
+# with the "ifconfig" command.
+# 
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine.
+# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust"
+# your entire provider's network.  Instead, specify an explicit
+# mynetworks list by hand, as described below.
+#  
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust"
+# only the local machine.
+# 
+#mynetworks_style = class
+#mynetworks_style = subnet
+#mynetworks_style = host
+
+
+# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in
+# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting.
+#
+# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the
+# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host
+# address.
+#
+# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead
+# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups
+# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used).
+#
+#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8
+#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks
+#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table
+
+mynetworks = localhost.localdomain, localhost, 127.0.0.1, 10.5.124.128/25, 10.5.125.0/24, 10.5.126.0/24, 10.5.127.0/24, 10.5.128.0/24, 10.5.129.0/24, 10.5.130.0/24, 10.5.131.0/24, 10.5.78.0/24, 10.5.79.0/24, 192.168.0.0/16
+
+# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will
+# relay mail to.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in
+# postconf(5) for detailed information.
+#
+# By default, Postfix relays mail
+# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination,
+# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or
+#   subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing.
+# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination.
+# 
+# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail
+# that Postfix is final destination for:
+# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces,
+# - destinations that match $mydestination
+# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains,
+# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains.
+# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains.
+# 
+# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name
+# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace.  Continue
+# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name
+# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a
+# (parent) domain appears as lookup key.
+#
+# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that
+# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the
+# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5).
+#
+#relay_domains = $mydestination
+
+relay_domains = $mydestination fedora.phx.redhat.com
+
+# INTERNET OR INTRANET
+
+# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to
+# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When
+# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination.
+#
+# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your
+# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet
+# gateway host instead.
+#
+# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port,
+# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups.
+#
+# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter.
+#
+#relayhost = $mydomain
+#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain]
+#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld]
+#relayhost = uucphost
+#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress]
+
+
+# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS
+#
+# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify
+# a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients
+
+# INPUT RATE CONTROL
+#
+# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input
+# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it
+# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due
+# to an SCO bug).
+# 
+# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before
+# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the
+# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process
+# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more
+# than the number of messages delivered per second.
+# 
+# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10.
+# 
+#in_flow_delay = 1s
+
+# ADDRESS REWRITING
+#
+# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about
+# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including
+# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping.
+
+# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN)
+#
+# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms
+# of domain hosting that Postfix supports.
+
+# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# TRANSPORT MAP
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# ALIAS DATABASE
+#
+# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used
+# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent.
+#
+# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias
+# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax
+# details.
+# 
+# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or
+# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run
+# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file.
+#
+# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible.  Use
+# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay.
+#
+#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases
+alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases
+alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/etc/postfix/package-owner
+#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases
+#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases
+
+# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that
+# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi".  This is a separate
+# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify
+# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix.
+#
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases
+alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases
+
+# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo)
+#
+# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between
+# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5),
+# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on
+# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups.
+# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before
+# trying user and .forward.
+#
+recipient_delimiter = +
+
+# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX
+#
+# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a
+# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default
+# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user.  Specify
+# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required).
+#
+#home_mailbox = Mailbox
+#home_mailbox = Maildir/
+ 
+# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where
+# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the
+# system type.
+#
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail
+
+# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external
+# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as
+# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings.
+# Exception:  delivery for root is done as $default_user.
+#
+# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username),
+# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address),
+# and LOCAL (the address localpart).
+#
+# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command
+# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to
+# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below).
+#
+# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run
+# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough.
+#
+# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN
+# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER.
+#
+#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail
+#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION"
+
+# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter
+# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and
+# luser_relay parameters.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+
+# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP
+# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered
+# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the
+# mailbox_transport as below:
+#
+# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#
+# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via
+# these settings.
+#
+# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300
+# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5
+#
+# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the
+# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting
+# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store
+# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control
+# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus
+# message store. 
+#
+# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set:
+#mailbox_transport = cyrus
+
+
+#mailbox_transport = lmtp:10.5.126.73:2003
+
+# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database.
+# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#fallback_transport =
+
+# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address
+# for unknown recipients.  By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination,
+# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned
+# as undeliverable.
+#
+# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient
+# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory),
+# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address
+# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient
+# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or
+# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist.
+#
+# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#luser_relay = $user@other.host
+#luser_relay = $local@other.host
+#luser_relay = admin+$local
+  
+# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS
+# 
+# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file
+# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview.
+
+# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns
+# that each logical message header is matched against, including
+# headers that span multiple physical lines.
+#
+# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the
+# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and
+# attached message headers were treated as body text.
+#
+# For details, see "man header_checks".
+#
+#header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks
+
+# FAST ETRN SERVICE
+#
+# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about
+# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP
+# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld".
+# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description.
+# 
+# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are
+# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that
+# this server is willing to relay mail to.
+# 
+#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains
+
+# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT
+#
+# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220
+# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see
+# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version.
+#
+# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an
+# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care.
+#
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version)
+
+# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION
+#
+# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local
+# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery
+# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially,
+# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when
+# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10
+# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to
+# raise eyebrows.
+# 
+# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit
+# parameter.  The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for
+# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2.
+
+#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2
+#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20
+
+# DEBUGGING CONTROL
+#
+# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose
+# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address
+# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter.
+#
+debug_peer_level = 2
+
+# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain
+# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When
+# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern,
+# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the
+# debug_peer_level parameter.
+#
+#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1
+#debug_peer_list = some.domain
+
+# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed
+# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option.
+#
+# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before
+# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to
+# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix.
+#
+debugger_command =
+	 PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin
+	 ddd $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5
+
+# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a
+# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration
+# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID.
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont;
+#	echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1
+#	>$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5
+#
+# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session.
+# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r
+# <id_string>" where <id_string> uniquely matches one of the detached
+# sessions (from "screen -list").
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen
+#	-dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name
+#	$process_id & sleep 1
+
+# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
+#
+# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version.
+# 
+# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface.
+# 
+sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix
+
+# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases.
+#
+newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix
+
+# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command.  This
+# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command.
+# 
+mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix
+
+# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management
+# commands.  This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that
+# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account.
+#
+setgid_group = postdrop
+
+# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation.
+#
+html_directory = no
+
+# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages.
+#
+manpage_directory = /usr/share/man
+
+# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files.
+# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1.
+#
+sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.5.6/samples
+
+# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files.
+#
+readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.5.6/README_FILES
+# Enable IPv4, and IPv6 if supported
+#inet_protocols = ipv4
+
+# mapping so we know where to go for .redhat.com mail
+
+transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport
+local_header_rewrite_clients = static:all
+
+
+message_size_limit = 20971520
+
+
+## TLS
+# enable opportunistic TLS support in the SMTP server
+smtpd_use_tls = yes
+smtpd_tls_security_level = may
+smtpd_tls_auth_only = yes
+smtpd_tls_mandatory_protocols = !SSLv2, !SSLv3
+smtpd_tls_mandatory_ciphers = high
+smtpd_tls_mandatory_exclude_ciphers = aNULL, MD5, RC4
+#tls_ssl_options = no_ticket, no_compression
+
+smtpd_tls_loglevel = 1
+smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/pki/tls/certs/gateway.crt
+smtpd_tls_key_file =  /etc/pki/tls/private/gateway.key
+smtpd_tls_CAfile  =   /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt
+smtpd_tls_session_cache_timeout = 3600s
+smtpd_tls_session_cache_database        = btree:${queue_directory}/smtpd_scache
+smtpd_tls_received_header               = yes
+smtpd_tls_ask_ccert                     = yes
+smtpd_tls_received_header = yes
+tls_random_source                       = dev:/dev/urandom
+smtpd_tls_eecdh_grade = ultra
+tls_eecdh_strong_curve = prime256v1
+tls_eecdh_ultra_curve = secp384r1
+# TLS end
+#TLS Client
+smtp_tls_fingerprint_digest=sha1
+smtp_tls_note_starttls_offer = yes
+smtp_tls_policy_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/tls_policy
+smtp_tls_security_level = may
+smtp_tls_mandatory_protocols = !SSLv2,!SSLv3
+smtp_tls_mandatory_ciphers = high
+smtp_tls_mandatory_exclude_ciphers= aNULL, MD5, RC4
+smtp_tls_loglevel = 1
+smtp_tls_cert_file = /etc/pki/tls/certs/gateway.crt
+smtp_tls_key_file = /etc/pki/tls/private/gateway.key
+smtp_tls_CAfile  = /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt
+
+smtpd_milters           = inet:localhost:8891
+milter_default_action   = accept
+inet_protocols = ipv4

roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.hosted-lists01.fedoraproject.org

@@ -0,0 +1,689 @@
+# "false"
+# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset
+# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter
+# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf").
+#
+# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README
+# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use
+# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to
+# http://www.postfix.org/.
+#
+# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time,
+# and test if Postfix still works after every change.
+
+# SOFT BOUNCE
+#
+# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for
+# testing.  When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that
+# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated
+# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently
+# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce
+# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes.
+#
+#soft_bounce = no
+
+# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION
+#
+# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue.
+# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted.
+# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot
+# environments on different UNIX systems.
+#
+queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix
+
+# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all
+# postXXX commands.
+#
+command_directory = /usr/sbin
+
+# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix
+# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This
+# directory must be owned by root.
+#
+daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix
+
+# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP
+#
+# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue
+# and of most Postfix daemon processes.  Specify the name of a user
+# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS
+# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM.  In
+# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED
+# USER.
+#
+mail_owner = postfix
+
+# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by
+# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command.
+# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context.
+# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER.
+#
+#default_privs = nobody
+
+# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES
+# 
+# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this
+# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name
+# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many
+# other configuration parameters.
+#
+#myhostname = host.domain.tld
+#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld
+
+# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name.
+# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component.
+# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration
+# parameters.
+#
+#mydomain = domain.tld
+
+# SENDING MAIL
+# 
+# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted
+# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname,
+# which is fine for small sites.  If you run a domain with multiple
+# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up
+# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to
+# user@that.users.mailhost.
+#
+# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses,
+# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended
+# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part.
+#
+#myorigin = $myhostname
+#myorigin = $mydomain
+
+myhostname = lists.fedorahosted.org
+myorigin = lists.fedorahosted.org
+
+# RECEIVING MAIL
+
+# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on.  By default,
+# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The
+# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address].
+#
+# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that
+# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator.
+#
+# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes.
+#
+#inet_interfaces = all
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost
+inet_interfaces = all
+
+# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a
+# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends
+# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter.
+#
+# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a
+# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops
+# will happen when the primary MX host is down.
+#
+#proxy_interfaces =
+#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4
+
+# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this
+# machine considers itself the final destination for.
+#
+# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the
+# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX
+# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd
+# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent.
+#
+# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain.  On a mail domain
+# gateway, you should also include $mydomain.
+#
+# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are
+# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README).
+#
+# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX
+# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for
+# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see
+# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README).
+#
+# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed
+# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system
+# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter).
+#
+# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table
+# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name
+# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when
+# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored).
+# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace.
+#
+# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS".
+#
+mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost, fedorahosted.org 
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain,
+#	mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain
+
+# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS
+#
+# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect
+# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default.
+#
+# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify
+# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty).
+#
+# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local
+# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the
+# local_recipient_maps setting if:
+#
+# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than
+#   /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files.
+#   For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in    
+#   the $virtual_mailbox_maps files.
+#
+# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf.
+#
+# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf.
+#
+# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport"
+#   feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)).
+#
+# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file.
+#
+# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have
+# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to
+# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of
+# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld
+# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+local_recipient_maps = $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps =
+
+# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server
+# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or
+# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty
+# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found.
+#
+# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start
+# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your
+# local_recipient_maps settings are OK.
+#
+unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550
+
+# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL
+
+# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP
+# clients that have more privileges than "strangers".
+#
+# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail
+# through Postfix.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter
+# in postconf(5).
+#
+# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand
+# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default).
+#
+# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine.
+# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified
+# with the "ifconfig" command.
+# 
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine.
+# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust"
+# your entire provider's network.  Instead, specify an explicit
+# mynetworks list by hand, as described below.
+#  
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust"
+# only the local machine.
+# 
+#mynetworks_style = class
+#mynetworks_style = subnet
+#mynetworks_style = host
+
+# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in
+# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting.
+#
+# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the
+# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host
+# address.
+#
+# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead
+# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups
+# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used).
+#
+#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8
+#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks
+#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table
+
+
+# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will
+# relay mail to.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in
+# postconf(5) for detailed information.
+#
+# By default, Postfix relays mail
+# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination,
+# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or
+#   subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing.
+# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination.
+# 
+# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail
+# that Postfix is final destination for:
+# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces,
+# - destinations that match $mydestination
+# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains,
+# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains.
+# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains.
+# 
+# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name
+# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace.  Continue
+# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name
+# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a
+# (parent) domain appears as lookup key.
+#
+# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that
+# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the
+# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5).
+#
+#relay_domains = $mydestination
+
+
+
+# INTERNET OR INTRANET
+
+# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to
+# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When
+# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination.
+#
+# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your
+# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet
+# gateway host instead.
+#
+# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port,
+# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups.
+#
+# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter.
+#
+#relayhost = $mydomain
+#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain]
+#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld]
+#relayhost = uucphost
+#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress]
+relayhost = bastion
+
+
+# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS
+#
+# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify
+# a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients
+
+# INPUT RATE CONTROL
+#
+# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input
+# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it
+# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due
+# to an SCO bug).
+# 
+# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before
+# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the
+# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process
+# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more
+# than the number of messages delivered per second.
+# 
+# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10.
+# 
+#in_flow_delay = 1s
+
+# ADDRESS REWRITING
+#
+# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about
+# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including
+# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping.
+
+masquerade_domains = redhat.com
+masquerade_exceptions = root apache
+
+# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN)
+#
+# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms
+# of domain hosting that Postfix supports.
+
+# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# TRANSPORT MAP
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# ALIAS DATABASE
+#
+# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used
+# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent.
+#
+# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias
+# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax
+# details.
+# 
+# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or
+# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run
+# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file.
+#
+# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible.  Use
+# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay.
+#
+#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases
+alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/etc/mailman/aliases
+#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases
+#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases
+
+# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that
+# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi".  This is a separate
+# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify
+# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix.
+#
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases
+alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases
+
+# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo)
+#
+# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between
+# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5),
+# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on
+# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups.
+# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before
+# trying user and .forward.
+#
+recipient_delimiter = +
+
+# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX
+#
+# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a
+# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default
+# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user.  Specify
+# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required).
+#
+#home_mailbox = Mailbox
+#home_mailbox = Maildir/
+ 
+# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where
+# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the
+# system type.
+#
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail
+
+# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external
+# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as
+# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings.
+# Exception:  delivery for root is done as $default_user.
+#
+# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username),
+# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address),
+# and LOCAL (the address localpart).
+#
+# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command
+# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to
+# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below).
+#
+# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run
+# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough.
+#
+# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN
+# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER.
+#
+#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail
+#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION"
+
+# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter
+# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and
+# luser_relay parameters.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+
+# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP
+# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered
+# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the
+# mailbox_transport as below:
+#
+# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#
+# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via
+# these settings.
+#
+# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300
+# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5
+#
+# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the
+# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting
+# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store
+# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control
+# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus
+# message store. 
+#
+# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set:
+#mailbox_transport = cyrus
+
+# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database.
+# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#fallback_transport =
+
+#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport
+#transport_maps = hash:/etc/mailman/mailman3-transport
+
+# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address
+# for unknown recipients.  By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination,
+# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned
+# as undeliverable.
+#
+# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient
+# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory),
+# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address
+# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient
+# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or
+# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist.
+#
+# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#luser_relay = $user@other.host
+#luser_relay = $local@other.host
+#luser_relay = admin+$local
+  
+# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS
+# 
+# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file
+# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview.
+
+# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns
+# that each logical message header is matched against, including
+# headers that span multiple physical lines.
+#
+# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the
+# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and
+# attached message headers were treated as body text.
+#
+# For details, see "man header_checks".
+#
+header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks
+
+# FAST ETRN SERVICE
+#
+# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about
+# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP
+# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld".
+# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description.
+# 
+# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are
+# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that
+# this server is willing to relay mail to.
+# 
+#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains
+
+# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT
+#
+# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220
+# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see
+# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version.
+#
+# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an
+# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care.
+#
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version)
+
+# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION
+#
+# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local
+# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery
+# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially,
+# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when
+# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10
+# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to
+# raise eyebrows.
+# 
+# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit
+# parameter.  The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for
+# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2.
+
+#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2
+#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20
+
+# DEBUGGING CONTROL
+#
+# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose
+# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address
+# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter.
+#
+debug_peer_level = 2
+
+# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain
+# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When
+# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern,
+# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the
+# debug_peer_level parameter.
+#
+#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1
+#debug_peer_list = some.domain
+
+# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed
+# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option.
+#
+# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before
+# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to
+# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix.
+#
+debugger_command =
+	 PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin
+	 xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5
+
+# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a
+# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration
+# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID.
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont;
+#	echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1
+#	>$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5
+#
+# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session.
+# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r
+# <id_string>" where <id_string> uniquely matches one of the detached
+# sessions (from "screen -list").
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen
+#	-dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name
+#	$process_id & sleep 1
+
+# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
+#
+# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version.
+# 
+# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface.
+# 
+sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix
+
+# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases.
+#
+newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix
+
+# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command.  This
+# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command.
+# 
+mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix
+
+# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management
+# commands.  This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that
+# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account.
+#
+setgid_group = postdrop
+
+# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation.
+#
+html_directory = no
+
+# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages.
+#
+manpage_directory = /usr/share/man
+
+# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files.
+# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1.
+#
+sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples
+
+# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files.
+#
+readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES
+
+# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other 
+# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. 
+
+
+message_size_limit = 20971520

roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.hosted03.fedoraproject.org

@@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
+# "false"
+# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset
+# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter
+# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf").
+#
+# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README
+# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use
+# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to
+# http://www.postfix.org/.
+#
+# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time,
+# and test if Postfix still works after every change.
+
+# SOFT BOUNCE
+#
+# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for
+# testing.  When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that
+# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated
+# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently
+# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce
+# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes.
+#
+#soft_bounce = no
+
+# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION
+#
+# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue.
+# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted.
+# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot
+# environments on different UNIX systems.
+#
+queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix
+
+# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all
+# postXXX commands.
+#
+command_directory = /usr/sbin
+
+# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix
+# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This
+# directory must be owned by root.
+#
+daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix
+
+# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP
+#
+# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue
+# and of most Postfix daemon processes.  Specify the name of a user
+# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS
+# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM.  In
+# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED
+# USER.
+#
+mail_owner = postfix
+
+# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by
+# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command.
+# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context.
+# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER.
+#
+#default_privs = nobody
+
+# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES
+# 
+# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this
+# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name
+# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many
+# other configuration parameters.
+#
+#myhostname = host.domain.tld
+#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld
+
+# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name.
+# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component.
+# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration
+# parameters.
+#
+#mydomain = domain.tld
+
+# SENDING MAIL
+# 
+# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted
+# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname,
+# which is fine for small sites.  If you run a domain with multiple
+# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up
+# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to
+# user@that.users.mailhost.
+#
+# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses,
+# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended
+# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part.
+#
+#myorigin = $myhostname
+#myorigin = $mydomain
+
+myhostname = fedorahosted.org
+myorigin = fedoraproject.org
+
+# RECEIVING MAIL
+
+# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on.  By default,
+# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The
+# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address].
+#
+# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that
+# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator.
+#
+# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes.
+#
+#inet_interfaces = all
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost
+inet_interfaces = all
+
+# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a
+# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends
+# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter.
+#
+# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a
+# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops
+# will happen when the primary MX host is down.
+#
+#proxy_interfaces =
+#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4
+
+# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this
+# machine considers itself the final destination for.
+#
+# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the
+# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX
+# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd
+# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent.
+#
+# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain.  On a mail domain
+# gateway, you should also include $mydomain.
+#
+# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are
+# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README).
+#
+# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX
+# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for
+# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see
+# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README).
+#
+# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed
+# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system
+# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter).
+#
+# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table
+# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name
+# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when
+# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored).
+# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace.
+#
+# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS".
+#
+mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost, fedorahosted.org 
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain,
+#	mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain
+
+# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS
+#
+# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect
+# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default.
+#
+# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify
+# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty).
+#
+# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local
+# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the
+# local_recipient_maps setting if:
+#
+# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than
+#   /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files.
+#   For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in    
+#   the $virtual_mailbox_maps files.
+#
+# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf.
+#
+# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf.
+#
+# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport"
+#   feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)).
+#
+# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file.
+#
+# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have
+# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to
+# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of
+# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld
+# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+local_recipient_maps = $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps =
+
+# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server
+# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or
+# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty
+# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found.
+#
+# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start
+# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your
+# local_recipient_maps settings are OK.
+#
+unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550
+
+# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL
+
+# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP
+# clients that have more privileges than "strangers".
+#
+# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail
+# through Postfix.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter
+# in postconf(5).
+#
+# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand
+# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default).
+#
+# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine.
+# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified
+# with the "ifconfig" command.
+# 
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine.
+# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust"
+# your entire provider's network.  Instead, specify an explicit
+# mynetworks list by hand, as described below.
+#  
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust"
+# only the local machine.
+# 
+#mynetworks_style = class
+#mynetworks_style = subnet
+#mynetworks_style = host
+
+# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in
+# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting.
+#
+# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the
+# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host
+# address.
+#
+# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead
+# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups
+# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used).
+#
+#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8
+#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks
+#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table
+
+
+# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will
+# relay mail to.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in
+# postconf(5) for detailed information.
+#
+# By default, Postfix relays mail
+# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination,
+# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or
+#   subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing.
+# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination.
+# 
+# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail
+# that Postfix is final destination for:
+# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces,
+# - destinations that match $mydestination
+# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains,
+# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains.
+# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains.
+# 
+# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name
+# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace.  Continue
+# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name
+# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a
+# (parent) domain appears as lookup key.
+#
+# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that
+# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the
+# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5).
+#
+#relay_domains = $mydestination
+
+
+
+# INTERNET OR INTRANET
+
+# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to
+# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When
+# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination.
+#
+# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your
+# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet
+# gateway host instead.
+#
+# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port,
+# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups.
+#
+# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter.
+#
+#relayhost = $mydomain
+#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain]
+#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld]
+#relayhost = uucphost
+#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress]
+relayhost = bastion
+
+
+# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS
+#
+# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify
+# a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients
+
+# INPUT RATE CONTROL
+#
+# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input
+# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it
+# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due
+# to an SCO bug).
+# 
+# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before
+# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the
+# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process
+# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more
+# than the number of messages delivered per second.
+# 
+# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10.
+# 
+#in_flow_delay = 1s
+
+# ADDRESS REWRITING
+#
+# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about
+# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including
+# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping.
+
+masquerade_domains = redhat.com
+masquerade_exceptions = root apache
+
+# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN)
+#
+# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms
+# of domain hosting that Postfix supports.
+
+# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# TRANSPORT MAP
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# ALIAS DATABASE
+#
+# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used
+# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent.
+#
+# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias
+# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax
+# details.
+# 
+# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or
+# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run
+# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file.
+#
+# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible.  Use
+# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay.
+#
+#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases
+alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases
+#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases
+
+# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that
+# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi".  This is a separate
+# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify
+# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix.
+#
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases
+alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases
+
+# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo)
+#
+# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between
+# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5),
+# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on
+# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups.
+# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before
+# trying user and .forward.
+#
+recipient_delimiter = +
+
+# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX
+#
+# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a
+# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default
+# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user.  Specify
+# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required).
+#
+#home_mailbox = Mailbox
+#home_mailbox = Maildir/
+ 
+# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where
+# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the
+# system type.
+#
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail
+
+# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external
+# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as
+# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings.
+# Exception:  delivery for root is done as $default_user.
+#
+# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username),
+# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address),
+# and LOCAL (the address localpart).
+#
+# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command
+# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to
+# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below).
+#
+# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run
+# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough.
+#
+# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN
+# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER.
+#
+#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail
+#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION"
+
+# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter
+# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and
+# luser_relay parameters.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+
+# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP
+# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered
+# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the
+# mailbox_transport as below:
+#
+# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#
+# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via
+# these settings.
+#
+# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300
+# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5
+#
+# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the
+# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting
+# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store
+# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control
+# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus
+# message store. 
+#
+# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set:
+#mailbox_transport = cyrus
+
+# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database.
+# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#fallback_transport =
+
+#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport
+# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address
+# for unknown recipients.  By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination,
+# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned
+# as undeliverable.
+#
+# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient
+# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory),
+# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address
+# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient
+# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or
+# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist.
+#
+# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#luser_relay = $user@other.host
+#luser_relay = $local@other.host
+#luser_relay = admin+$local
+  
+# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS
+# 
+# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file
+# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview.
+
+# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns
+# that each logical message header is matched against, including
+# headers that span multiple physical lines.
+#
+# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the
+# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and
+# attached message headers were treated as body text.
+#
+# For details, see "man header_checks".
+#
+header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks
+
+# FAST ETRN SERVICE
+#
+# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about
+# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP
+# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld".
+# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description.
+# 
+# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are
+# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that
+# this server is willing to relay mail to.
+# 
+#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains
+
+# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT
+#
+# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220
+# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see
+# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version.
+#
+# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an
+# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care.
+#
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version)
+
+# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION
+#
+# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local
+# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery
+# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially,
+# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when
+# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10
+# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to
+# raise eyebrows.
+# 
+# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit
+# parameter.  The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for
+# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2.
+
+#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2
+#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20
+
+# DEBUGGING CONTROL
+#
+# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose
+# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address
+# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter.
+#
+debug_peer_level = 2
+
+# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain
+# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When
+# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern,
+# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the
+# debug_peer_level parameter.
+#
+#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1
+#debug_peer_list = some.domain
+
+# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed
+# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option.
+#
+# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before
+# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to
+# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix.
+#
+debugger_command =
+	 PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin
+	 xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5
+
+# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a
+# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration
+# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID.
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont;
+#	echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1
+#	>$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5
+#
+# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session.
+# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r
+# <id_string>" where <id_string> uniquely matches one of the detached
+# sessions (from "screen -list").
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen
+#	-dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name
+#	$process_id & sleep 1
+
+# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
+#
+# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version.
+# 
+# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface.
+# 
+sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix
+
+# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases.
+#
+newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix
+
+# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command.  This
+# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command.
+# 
+mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix
+
+# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management
+# commands.  This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that
+# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account.
+#
+setgid_group = postdrop
+
+# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation.
+#
+html_directory = no
+
+# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages.
+#
+manpage_directory = /usr/share/man
+
+# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files.
+# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1.
+#
+sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples
+
+# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files.
+#
+readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES
+
+# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other 
+# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. 
+
+
+message_size_limit = 20971520

roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.hosted04.fedoraproject.org

@@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
+# "false"
+# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset
+# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter
+# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf").
+#
+# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README
+# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use
+# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to
+# http://www.postfix.org/.
+#
+# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time,
+# and test if Postfix still works after every change.
+
+# SOFT BOUNCE
+#
+# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for
+# testing.  When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that
+# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated
+# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently
+# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce
+# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes.
+#
+#soft_bounce = no
+
+# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION
+#
+# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue.
+# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted.
+# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot
+# environments on different UNIX systems.
+#
+queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix
+
+# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all
+# postXXX commands.
+#
+command_directory = /usr/sbin
+
+# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix
+# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This
+# directory must be owned by root.
+#
+daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix
+
+# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP
+#
+# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue
+# and of most Postfix daemon processes.  Specify the name of a user
+# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS
+# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM.  In
+# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED
+# USER.
+#
+mail_owner = postfix
+
+# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by
+# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command.
+# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context.
+# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER.
+#
+#default_privs = nobody
+
+# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES
+# 
+# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this
+# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name
+# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many
+# other configuration parameters.
+#
+#myhostname = host.domain.tld
+#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld
+
+# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name.
+# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component.
+# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration
+# parameters.
+#
+#mydomain = domain.tld
+
+# SENDING MAIL
+# 
+# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted
+# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname,
+# which is fine for small sites.  If you run a domain with multiple
+# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up
+# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to
+# user@that.users.mailhost.
+#
+# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses,
+# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended
+# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part.
+#
+#myorigin = $myhostname
+#myorigin = $mydomain
+
+myhostname = fedorahosted.org
+myorigin = fedoraproject.org
+
+# RECEIVING MAIL
+
+# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on.  By default,
+# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The
+# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address].
+#
+# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that
+# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator.
+#
+# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes.
+#
+#inet_interfaces = all
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost
+inet_interfaces = all
+
+# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a
+# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends
+# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter.
+#
+# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a
+# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops
+# will happen when the primary MX host is down.
+#
+#proxy_interfaces =
+#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4
+
+# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this
+# machine considers itself the final destination for.
+#
+# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the
+# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX
+# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd
+# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent.
+#
+# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain.  On a mail domain
+# gateway, you should also include $mydomain.
+#
+# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are
+# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README).
+#
+# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX
+# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for
+# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see
+# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README).
+#
+# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed
+# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system
+# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter).
+#
+# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table
+# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name
+# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when
+# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored).
+# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace.
+#
+# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS".
+#
+mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost, fedorahosted.org 
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain,
+#	mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain
+
+# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS
+#
+# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect
+# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default.
+#
+# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify
+# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty).
+#
+# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local
+# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the
+# local_recipient_maps setting if:
+#
+# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than
+#   /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files.
+#   For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in    
+#   the $virtual_mailbox_maps files.
+#
+# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf.
+#
+# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf.
+#
+# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport"
+#   feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)).
+#
+# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file.
+#
+# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have
+# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to
+# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of
+# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld
+# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+local_recipient_maps = $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps =
+
+# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server
+# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or
+# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty
+# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found.
+#
+# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start
+# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your
+# local_recipient_maps settings are OK.
+#
+unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550
+
+# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL
+
+# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP
+# clients that have more privileges than "strangers".
+#
+# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail
+# through Postfix.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter
+# in postconf(5).
+#
+# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand
+# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default).
+#
+# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine.
+# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified
+# with the "ifconfig" command.
+# 
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine.
+# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust"
+# your entire provider's network.  Instead, specify an explicit
+# mynetworks list by hand, as described below.
+#  
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust"
+# only the local machine.
+# 
+#mynetworks_style = class
+#mynetworks_style = subnet
+#mynetworks_style = host
+
+# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in
+# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting.
+#
+# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the
+# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host
+# address.
+#
+# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead
+# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups
+# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used).
+#
+#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8
+#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks
+#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table
+
+
+# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will
+# relay mail to.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in
+# postconf(5) for detailed information.
+#
+# By default, Postfix relays mail
+# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination,
+# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or
+#   subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing.
+# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination.
+# 
+# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail
+# that Postfix is final destination for:
+# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces,
+# - destinations that match $mydestination
+# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains,
+# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains.
+# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains.
+# 
+# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name
+# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace.  Continue
+# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name
+# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a
+# (parent) domain appears as lookup key.
+#
+# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that
+# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the
+# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5).
+#
+#relay_domains = $mydestination
+
+
+
+# INTERNET OR INTRANET
+
+# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to
+# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When
+# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination.
+#
+# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your
+# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet
+# gateway host instead.
+#
+# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port,
+# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups.
+#
+# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter.
+#
+#relayhost = $mydomain
+#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain]
+#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld]
+#relayhost = uucphost
+#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress]
+relayhost = bastion
+
+
+# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS
+#
+# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify
+# a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients
+
+# INPUT RATE CONTROL
+#
+# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input
+# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it
+# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due
+# to an SCO bug).
+# 
+# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before
+# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the
+# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process
+# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more
+# than the number of messages delivered per second.
+# 
+# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10.
+# 
+#in_flow_delay = 1s
+
+# ADDRESS REWRITING
+#
+# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about
+# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including
+# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping.
+
+masquerade_domains = redhat.com
+masquerade_exceptions = root apache
+
+# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN)
+#
+# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms
+# of domain hosting that Postfix supports.
+
+# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# TRANSPORT MAP
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# ALIAS DATABASE
+#
+# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used
+# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent.
+#
+# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias
+# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax
+# details.
+# 
+# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or
+# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run
+# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file.
+#
+# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible.  Use
+# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay.
+#
+#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases
+alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases
+#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases
+
+# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that
+# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi".  This is a separate
+# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify
+# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix.
+#
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases
+alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases
+
+# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo)
+#
+# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between
+# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5),
+# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on
+# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups.
+# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before
+# trying user and .forward.
+#
+recipient_delimiter = +
+
+# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX
+#
+# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a
+# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default
+# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user.  Specify
+# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required).
+#
+#home_mailbox = Mailbox
+#home_mailbox = Maildir/
+ 
+# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where
+# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the
+# system type.
+#
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail
+
+# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external
+# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as
+# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings.
+# Exception:  delivery for root is done as $default_user.
+#
+# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username),
+# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address),
+# and LOCAL (the address localpart).
+#
+# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command
+# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to
+# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below).
+#
+# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run
+# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough.
+#
+# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN
+# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER.
+#
+#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail
+#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION"
+
+# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter
+# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and
+# luser_relay parameters.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+
+# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP
+# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered
+# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the
+# mailbox_transport as below:
+#
+# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#
+# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via
+# these settings.
+#
+# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300
+# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5
+#
+# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the
+# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting
+# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store
+# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control
+# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus
+# message store. 
+#
+# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set:
+#mailbox_transport = cyrus
+
+# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database.
+# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#fallback_transport =
+
+#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport
+# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address
+# for unknown recipients.  By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination,
+# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned
+# as undeliverable.
+#
+# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient
+# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory),
+# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address
+# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient
+# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or
+# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist.
+#
+# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#luser_relay = $user@other.host
+#luser_relay = $local@other.host
+#luser_relay = admin+$local
+  
+# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS
+# 
+# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file
+# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview.
+
+# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns
+# that each logical message header is matched against, including
+# headers that span multiple physical lines.
+#
+# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the
+# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and
+# attached message headers were treated as body text.
+#
+# For details, see "man header_checks".
+#
+header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks
+
+# FAST ETRN SERVICE
+#
+# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about
+# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP
+# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld".
+# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description.
+# 
+# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are
+# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that
+# this server is willing to relay mail to.
+# 
+#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains
+
+# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT
+#
+# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220
+# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see
+# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version.
+#
+# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an
+# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care.
+#
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version)
+
+# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION
+#
+# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local
+# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery
+# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially,
+# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when
+# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10
+# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to
+# raise eyebrows.
+# 
+# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit
+# parameter.  The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for
+# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2.
+
+#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2
+#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20
+
+# DEBUGGING CONTROL
+#
+# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose
+# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address
+# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter.
+#
+debug_peer_level = 2
+
+# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain
+# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When
+# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern,
+# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the
+# debug_peer_level parameter.
+#
+#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1
+#debug_peer_list = some.domain
+
+# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed
+# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option.
+#
+# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before
+# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to
+# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix.
+#
+debugger_command =
+	 PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin
+	 xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5
+
+# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a
+# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration
+# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID.
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont;
+#	echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1
+#	>$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5
+#
+# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session.
+# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r
+# <id_string>" where <id_string> uniquely matches one of the detached
+# sessions (from "screen -list").
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen
+#	-dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name
+#	$process_id & sleep 1
+
+# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
+#
+# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version.
+# 
+# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface.
+# 
+sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix
+
+# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases.
+#
+newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix
+
+# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command.  This
+# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command.
+# 
+mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix
+
+# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management
+# commands.  This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that
+# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account.
+#
+setgid_group = postdrop
+
+# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation.
+#
+html_directory = no
+
+# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages.
+#
+manpage_directory = /usr/share/man
+
+# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files.
+# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1.
+#
+sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples
+
+# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files.
+#
+readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES
+
+# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other 
+# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. 
+
+
+message_size_limit = 20971520

roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.jenkins.fedorainfracloud.org

@@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
+# "false"
+# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset
+# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter
+# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf").
+#
+# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README
+# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use
+# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to
+# http://www.postfix.org/.
+#
+# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time,
+# and test if Postfix still works after every change.
+
+# SOFT BOUNCE
+#
+# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for
+# testing.  When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that
+# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated
+# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently
+# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce
+# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes.
+#
+#soft_bounce = no
+
+# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION
+#
+# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue.
+# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted.
+# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot
+# environments on different UNIX systems.
+#
+queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix
+
+# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all
+# postXXX commands.
+#
+command_directory = /usr/sbin
+
+# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix
+# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This
+# directory must be owned by root.
+#
+daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix
+
+# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP
+#
+# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue
+# and of most Postfix daemon processes.  Specify the name of a user
+# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS
+# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM.  In
+# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED
+# USER.
+#
+mail_owner = postfix
+
+# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by
+# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command.
+# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context.
+# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER.
+#
+#default_privs = nobody
+
+# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES
+# 
+# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this
+# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name
+# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many
+# other configuration parameters.
+#
+#myhostname = host.domain.tld
+#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld
+
+# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name.
+# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component.
+# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration
+# parameters.
+#
+#mydomain = domain.tld
+
+# SENDING MAIL
+# 
+# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted
+# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname,
+# which is fine for small sites.  If you run a domain with multiple
+# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up
+# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to
+# user@that.users.mailhost.
+#
+# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses,
+# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended
+# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part.
+#
+#myorigin = $myhostname
+#myorigin = $mydomain
+
+mydomain = fedoraproject.org
+myorigin = fedoraproject.org
+
+# RECEIVING MAIL
+
+# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on.  By default,
+# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The
+# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address].
+#
+# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that
+# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator.
+#
+# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes.
+#
+#inet_interfaces = all
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost
+inet_interfaces = all
+
+# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a
+# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends
+# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter.
+#
+# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a
+# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops
+# will happen when the primary MX host is down.
+#
+#proxy_interfaces =
+#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4
+
+# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this
+# machine considers itself the final destination for.
+#
+# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the
+# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX
+# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd
+# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent.
+#
+# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain.  On a mail domain
+# gateway, you should also include $mydomain.
+#
+# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are
+# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README).
+#
+# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX
+# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for
+# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see
+# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README).
+#
+# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed
+# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system
+# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter).
+#
+# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table
+# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name
+# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when
+# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored).
+# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace.
+#
+# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS".
+#
+mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost 
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain,
+#	mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain
+
+# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS
+#
+# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect
+# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default.
+#
+# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify
+# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty).
+#
+# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local
+# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the
+# local_recipient_maps setting if:
+#
+# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than
+#   /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files.
+#   For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in    
+#   the $virtual_mailbox_maps files.
+#
+# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf.
+#
+# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf.
+#
+# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport"
+#   feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)).
+#
+# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file.
+#
+# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have
+# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to
+# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of
+# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld
+# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps =
+
+# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server
+# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or
+# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty
+# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found.
+#
+# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start
+# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your
+# local_recipient_maps settings are OK.
+#
+unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550
+
+# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL
+
+# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP
+# clients that have more privileges than "strangers".
+#
+# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail
+# through Postfix.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter
+# in postconf(5).
+#
+# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand
+# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default).
+#
+# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine.
+# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified
+# with the "ifconfig" command.
+# 
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine.
+# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust"
+# your entire provider's network.  Instead, specify an explicit
+# mynetworks list by hand, as described below.
+#  
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust"
+# only the local machine.
+# 
+#mynetworks_style = class
+#mynetworks_style = subnet
+#mynetworks_style = host
+
+# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in
+# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting.
+#
+# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the
+# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host
+# address.
+#
+# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead
+# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups
+# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used).
+#
+#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8
+#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks
+#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table
+
+
+# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will
+# relay mail to.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in
+# postconf(5) for detailed information.
+#
+# By default, Postfix relays mail
+# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination,
+# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or
+#   subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing.
+# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination.
+# 
+# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail
+# that Postfix is final destination for:
+# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces,
+# - destinations that match $mydestination
+# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains,
+# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains.
+# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains.
+# 
+# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name
+# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace.  Continue
+# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name
+# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a
+# (parent) domain appears as lookup key.
+#
+# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that
+# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the
+# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5).
+#
+#relay_domains = $mydestination
+
+
+
+# INTERNET OR INTRANET
+
+# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to
+# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When
+# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination.
+#
+# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your
+# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet
+# gateway host instead.
+#
+# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port,
+# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups.
+#
+# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter.
+#
+#relayhost = $mydomain
+#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain]
+#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld]
+#relayhost = uucphost
+#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress]
+#relayhost =  bastion
+
+
+# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS
+#
+# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify
+# a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients
+
+# INPUT RATE CONTROL
+#
+# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input
+# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it
+# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due
+# to an SCO bug).
+# 
+# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before
+# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the
+# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process
+# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more
+# than the number of messages delivered per second.
+# 
+# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10.
+# 
+#in_flow_delay = 1s
+
+# ADDRESS REWRITING
+#
+# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about
+# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including
+# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping.
+
+masquerade_domains = redhat.com
+masquerade_exceptions = root apache
+
+# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN)
+#
+# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms
+# of domain hosting that Postfix supports.
+
+# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# TRANSPORT MAP
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# ALIAS DATABASE
+#
+# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used
+# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent.
+#
+# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias
+# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax
+# details.
+# 
+# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or
+# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run
+# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file.
+#
+# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible.  Use
+# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay.
+#
+#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases
+alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases
+#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases
+
+# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that
+# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi".  This is a separate
+# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify
+# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix.
+#
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases
+alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases
+
+# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo)
+#
+# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between
+# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5),
+# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on
+# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups.
+# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before
+# trying user and .forward.
+#
+recipient_delimiter = +
+
+# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX
+#
+# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a
+# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default
+# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user.  Specify
+# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required).
+#
+#home_mailbox = Mailbox
+#home_mailbox = Maildir/
+ 
+# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where
+# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the
+# system type.
+#
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail
+
+# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external
+# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as
+# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings.
+# Exception:  delivery for root is done as $default_user.
+#
+# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username),
+# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address),
+# and LOCAL (the address localpart).
+#
+# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command
+# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to
+# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below).
+#
+# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run
+# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough.
+#
+# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN
+# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER.
+#
+#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail
+#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION"
+
+# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter
+# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and
+# luser_relay parameters.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+
+# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP
+# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered
+# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the
+# mailbox_transport as below:
+#
+# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#
+# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via
+# these settings.
+#
+# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300
+# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5
+#
+# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the
+# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting
+# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store
+# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control
+# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus
+# message store. 
+#
+# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set:
+#mailbox_transport = cyrus
+
+# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database.
+# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#fallback_transport =
+
+#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport
+# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address
+# for unknown recipients.  By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination,
+# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned
+# as undeliverable.
+#
+# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient
+# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory),
+# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address
+# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient
+# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or
+# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist.
+#
+# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#luser_relay = $user@other.host
+#luser_relay = $local@other.host
+#luser_relay = admin+$local
+  
+# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS
+# 
+# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file
+# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview.
+
+# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns
+# that each logical message header is matched against, including
+# headers that span multiple physical lines.
+#
+# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the
+# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and
+# attached message headers were treated as body text.
+#
+# For details, see "man header_checks".
+#
+header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks
+
+# FAST ETRN SERVICE
+#
+# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about
+# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP
+# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld".
+# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description.
+# 
+# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are
+# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that
+# this server is willing to relay mail to.
+# 
+#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains
+
+# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT
+#
+# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220
+# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see
+# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version.
+#
+# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an
+# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care.
+#
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version)
+
+# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION
+#
+# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local
+# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery
+# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially,
+# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when
+# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10
+# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to
+# raise eyebrows.
+# 
+# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit
+# parameter.  The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for
+# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2.
+
+#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2
+#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20
+
+# DEBUGGING CONTROL
+#
+# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose
+# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address
+# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter.
+#
+debug_peer_level = 2
+
+# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain
+# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When
+# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern,
+# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the
+# debug_peer_level parameter.
+#
+#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1
+#debug_peer_list = some.domain
+
+# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed
+# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option.
+#
+# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before
+# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to
+# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix.
+#
+debugger_command =
+	 PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin
+	 xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5
+
+# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a
+# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration
+# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID.
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont;
+#	echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1
+#	>$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5
+#
+# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session.
+# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r
+# <id_string>" where <id_string> uniquely matches one of the detached
+# sessions (from "screen -list").
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen
+#	-dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name
+#	$process_id & sleep 1
+
+# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
+#
+# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version.
+# 
+# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface.
+# 
+sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix
+
+# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases.
+#
+newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix
+
+# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command.  This
+# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command.
+# 
+mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix
+
+# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management
+# commands.  This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that
+# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account.
+#
+setgid_group = postdrop
+
+# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation.
+#
+html_directory = no
+
+# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages.
+#
+manpage_directory = /usr/share/man
+
+# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files.
+# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1.
+#
+sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples
+
+# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files.
+#
+readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES
+
+# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other 
+# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. 
+
+
+message_size_limit = 20971520
+#inet_protocols = ipv4

roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.kojibuilder

@@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
+# "false"
+# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset
+# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter
+# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf").
+#
+# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README
+# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use
+# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to
+# http://www.postfix.org/.
+#
+# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time,
+# and test if Postfix still works after every change.
+
+# SOFT BOUNCE
+#
+# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for
+# testing.  When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that
+# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated
+# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently
+# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce
+# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes.
+#
+#soft_bounce = no
+
+# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION
+#
+# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue.
+# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted.
+# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot
+# environments on different UNIX systems.
+#
+queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix
+
+# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all
+# postXXX commands.
+#
+command_directory = /usr/sbin
+
+# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix
+# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This
+# directory must be owned by root.
+#
+daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix
+
+# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP
+#
+# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue
+# and of most Postfix daemon processes.  Specify the name of a user
+# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS
+# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM.  In
+# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED
+# USER.
+#
+mail_owner = postfix
+
+# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by
+# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command.
+# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context.
+# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER.
+#
+#default_privs = nobody
+
+# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES
+# 
+# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this
+# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name
+# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many
+# other configuration parameters.
+#
+#myhostname = host.domain.tld
+#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld
+
+# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name.
+# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component.
+# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration
+# parameters.
+#
+#mydomain = domain.tld
+
+# SENDING MAIL
+# 
+# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted
+# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname,
+# which is fine for small sites.  If you run a domain with multiple
+# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up
+# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to
+# user@that.users.mailhost.
+#
+# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses,
+# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended
+# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part.
+#
+#myorigin = $myhostname
+#myorigin = $mydomain
+
+mydomain = fedoraproject.org
+myorigin = fedoraproject.org
+
+# RECEIVING MAIL
+
+# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on.  By default,
+# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The
+# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address].
+#
+# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that
+# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator.
+#
+# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes.
+#
+#inet_interfaces = all
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost
+inet_interfaces = all
+
+# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a
+# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends
+# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter.
+#
+# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a
+# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops
+# will happen when the primary MX host is down.
+#
+#proxy_interfaces =
+#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4
+
+# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this
+# machine considers itself the final destination for.
+#
+# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the
+# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX
+# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd
+# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent.
+#
+# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain.  On a mail domain
+# gateway, you should also include $mydomain.
+#
+# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are
+# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README).
+#
+# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX
+# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for
+# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see
+# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README).
+#
+# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed
+# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system
+# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter).
+#
+# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table
+# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name
+# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when
+# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored).
+# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace.
+#
+# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS".
+#
+mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost 
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain,
+#	mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain
+
+# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS
+#
+# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect
+# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default.
+#
+# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify
+# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty).
+#
+# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local
+# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the
+# local_recipient_maps setting if:
+#
+# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than
+#   /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files.
+#   For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in    
+#   the $virtual_mailbox_maps files.
+#
+# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf.
+#
+# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf.
+#
+# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport"
+#   feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)).
+#
+# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file.
+#
+# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have
+# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to
+# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of
+# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld
+# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps =
+
+# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server
+# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or
+# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty
+# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found.
+#
+# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start
+# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your
+# local_recipient_maps settings are OK.
+#
+unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550
+
+# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL
+
+# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP
+# clients that have more privileges than "strangers".
+#
+# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail
+# through Postfix.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter
+# in postconf(5).
+#
+# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand
+# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default).
+#
+# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine.
+# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified
+# with the "ifconfig" command.
+# 
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine.
+# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust"
+# your entire provider's network.  Instead, specify an explicit
+# mynetworks list by hand, as described below.
+#  
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust"
+# only the local machine.
+# 
+#mynetworks_style = class
+#mynetworks_style = subnet
+#mynetworks_style = host
+
+# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in
+# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting.
+#
+# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the
+# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host
+# address.
+#
+# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead
+# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups
+# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used).
+#
+#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8
+#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks
+#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table
+
+
+# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will
+# relay mail to.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in
+# postconf(5) for detailed information.
+#
+# By default, Postfix relays mail
+# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination,
+# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or
+#   subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing.
+# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination.
+# 
+# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail
+# that Postfix is final destination for:
+# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces,
+# - destinations that match $mydestination
+# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains,
+# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains.
+# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains.
+# 
+# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name
+# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace.  Continue
+# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name
+# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a
+# (parent) domain appears as lookup key.
+#
+# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that
+# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the
+# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5).
+#
+#relay_domains = $mydestination
+
+
+
+# INTERNET OR INTRANET
+
+# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to
+# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When
+# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination.
+#
+# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your
+# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet
+# gateway host instead.
+#
+# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port,
+# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups.
+#
+# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter.
+#
+#relayhost = $mydomain
+#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain]
+#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld]
+#relayhost = uucphost
+#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress]
+relayhost = bastion.fedoraproject.org
+
+
+# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS
+#
+# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify
+# a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients
+
+# INPUT RATE CONTROL
+#
+# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input
+# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it
+# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due
+# to an SCO bug).
+# 
+# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before
+# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the
+# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process
+# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more
+# than the number of messages delivered per second.
+# 
+# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10.
+# 
+#in_flow_delay = 1s
+
+# ADDRESS REWRITING
+#
+# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about
+# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including
+# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping.
+
+masquerade_domains = redhat.com
+masquerade_exceptions = root apache
+
+# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN)
+#
+# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms
+# of domain hosting that Postfix supports.
+
+# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# TRANSPORT MAP
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# ALIAS DATABASE
+#
+# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used
+# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent.
+#
+# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias
+# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax
+# details.
+# 
+# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or
+# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run
+# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file.
+#
+# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible.  Use
+# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay.
+#
+#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases
+alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases
+#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases
+
+# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that
+# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi".  This is a separate
+# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify
+# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix.
+#
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases
+alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases
+
+# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo)
+#
+# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between
+# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5),
+# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on
+# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups.
+# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before
+# trying user and .forward.
+#
+recipient_delimiter = +
+
+# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX
+#
+# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a
+# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default
+# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user.  Specify
+# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required).
+#
+#home_mailbox = Mailbox
+#home_mailbox = Maildir/
+ 
+# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where
+# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the
+# system type.
+#
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail
+
+# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external
+# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as
+# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings.
+# Exception:  delivery for root is done as $default_user.
+#
+# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username),
+# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address),
+# and LOCAL (the address localpart).
+#
+# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command
+# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to
+# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below).
+#
+# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run
+# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough.
+#
+# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN
+# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER.
+#
+#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail
+#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION"
+
+# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter
+# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and
+# luser_relay parameters.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+
+# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP
+# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered
+# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the
+# mailbox_transport as below:
+#
+# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#
+# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via
+# these settings.
+#
+# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300
+# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5
+#
+# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the
+# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting
+# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store
+# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control
+# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus
+# message store. 
+#
+# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set:
+#mailbox_transport = cyrus
+
+# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database.
+# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#fallback_transport =
+
+#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport
+# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address
+# for unknown recipients.  By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination,
+# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned
+# as undeliverable.
+#
+# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient
+# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory),
+# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address
+# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient
+# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or
+# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist.
+#
+# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#luser_relay = $user@other.host
+#luser_relay = $local@other.host
+#luser_relay = admin+$local
+  
+# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS
+# 
+# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file
+# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview.
+
+# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns
+# that each logical message header is matched against, including
+# headers that span multiple physical lines.
+#
+# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the
+# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and
+# attached message headers were treated as body text.
+#
+# For details, see "man header_checks".
+#
+header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks
+
+# FAST ETRN SERVICE
+#
+# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about
+# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP
+# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld".
+# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description.
+# 
+# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are
+# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that
+# this server is willing to relay mail to.
+# 
+#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains
+
+# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT
+#
+# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220
+# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see
+# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version.
+#
+# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an
+# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care.
+#
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version)
+
+# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION
+#
+# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local
+# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery
+# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially,
+# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when
+# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10
+# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to
+# raise eyebrows.
+# 
+# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit
+# parameter.  The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for
+# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2.
+
+#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2
+#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20
+
+# DEBUGGING CONTROL
+#
+# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose
+# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address
+# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter.
+#
+debug_peer_level = 2
+
+# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain
+# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When
+# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern,
+# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the
+# debug_peer_level parameter.
+#
+#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1
+#debug_peer_list = some.domain
+
+# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed
+# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option.
+#
+# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before
+# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to
+# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix.
+#
+debugger_command =
+	 PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin
+	 xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5
+
+# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a
+# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration
+# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID.
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont;
+#	echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1
+#	>$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5
+#
+# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session.
+# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r
+# <id_string>" where <id_string> uniquely matches one of the detached
+# sessions (from "screen -list").
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen
+#	-dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name
+#	$process_id & sleep 1
+
+# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
+#
+# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version.
+# 
+# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface.
+# 
+sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix
+
+# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases.
+#
+newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix
+
+# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command.  This
+# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command.
+# 
+mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix
+
+# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management
+# commands.  This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that
+# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account.
+#
+setgid_group = postdrop
+
+# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation.
+#
+html_directory = no
+
+# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages.
+#
+manpage_directory = /usr/share/man
+
+# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files.
+# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1.
+#
+sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples
+
+# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files.
+#
+readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES
+
+# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other 
+# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. 
+
+
+message_size_limit = 20971520
+inet_protocols = ipv4

roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.lists-dev.cloud.fedoraproject.org

@@ -0,0 +1,694 @@
+# "false"
+# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset
+# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter
+# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf").
+#
+# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README
+# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use
+# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to
+# http://www.postfix.org/.
+#
+# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time,
+# and test if Postfix still works after every change.
+
+# SOFT BOUNCE
+#
+# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for
+# testing.  When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that
+# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated
+# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently
+# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce
+# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes.
+#
+#soft_bounce = no
+
+# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION
+#
+# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue.
+# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted.
+# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot
+# environments on different UNIX systems.
+#
+queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix
+
+# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all
+# postXXX commands.
+#
+command_directory = /usr/sbin
+
+# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix
+# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This
+# directory must be owned by root.
+#
+daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix
+
+# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP
+#
+# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue
+# and of most Postfix daemon processes.  Specify the name of a user
+# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS
+# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM.  In
+# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED
+# USER.
+#
+mail_owner = postfix
+
+# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by
+# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command.
+# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context.
+# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER.
+#
+#default_privs = nobody
+
+# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES
+# 
+# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this
+# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name
+# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many
+# other configuration parameters.
+#
+#myhostname = host.domain.tld
+#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld
+
+# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name.
+# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component.
+# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration
+# parameters.
+#
+#mydomain = domain.tld
+
+# SENDING MAIL
+# 
+# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted
+# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname,
+# which is fine for small sites.  If you run a domain with multiple
+# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up
+# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to
+# user@that.users.mailhost.
+#
+# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses,
+# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended
+# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part.
+#
+#myorigin = $myhostname
+#myorigin = $mydomain
+
+mydomain = fedoraproject.org
+myorigin = fedoraproject.org
+
+# RECEIVING MAIL
+
+# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on.  By default,
+# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The
+# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address].
+#
+# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that
+# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator.
+#
+# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes.
+#
+#inet_interfaces = all
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost
+inet_interfaces = all
+
+# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a
+# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends
+# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter.
+#
+# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a
+# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops
+# will happen when the primary MX host is down.
+#
+#proxy_interfaces =
+#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4
+
+# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this
+# machine considers itself the final destination for.
+#
+# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the
+# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX
+# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd
+# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent.
+#
+# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain.  On a mail domain
+# gateway, you should also include $mydomain.
+#
+# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are
+# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README).
+#
+# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX
+# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for
+# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see
+# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README).
+#
+# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed
+# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system
+# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter).
+#
+# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table
+# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name
+# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when
+# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored).
+# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace.
+#
+# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS".
+#
+mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, lists-dev.cloud.fedoraproject.org
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain,
+#	mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain
+
+# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS
+#
+# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect
+# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default.
+#
+# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify
+# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty).
+#
+# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local
+# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the
+# local_recipient_maps setting if:
+#
+# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than
+#   /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files.
+#   For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in    
+#   the $virtual_mailbox_maps files.
+#
+# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf.
+#
+# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf.
+#
+# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport"
+#   feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)).
+#
+# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file.
+#
+# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have
+# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to
+# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of
+# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld
+# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps =
+
+# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server
+# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or
+# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty
+# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found.
+#
+# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start
+# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your
+# local_recipient_maps settings are OK.
+#
+unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550
+
+# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL
+
+# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP
+# clients that have more privileges than "strangers".
+#
+# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail
+# through Postfix.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter
+# in postconf(5).
+#
+# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand
+# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default).
+#
+# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine.
+# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified
+# with the "ifconfig" command.
+# 
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine.
+# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust"
+# your entire provider's network.  Instead, specify an explicit
+# mynetworks list by hand, as described below.
+#  
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust"
+# only the local machine.
+# 
+#mynetworks_style = class
+#mynetworks_style = subnet
+#mynetworks_style = host
+
+# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in
+# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting.
+#
+# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the
+# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host
+# address.
+#
+# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead
+# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups
+# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used).
+#
+#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8
+#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks
+#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table
+
+
+# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will
+# relay mail to.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in
+# postconf(5) for detailed information.
+#
+# By default, Postfix relays mail
+# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination,
+# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or
+#   subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing.
+# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination.
+# 
+# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail
+# that Postfix is final destination for:
+# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces,
+# - destinations that match $mydestination
+# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains,
+# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains.
+# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains.
+# 
+# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name
+# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace.  Continue
+# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name
+# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a
+# (parent) domain appears as lookup key.
+#
+# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that
+# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the
+# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5).
+#
+#relay_domains = $mydestination
+
+
+
+# INTERNET OR INTRANET
+
+# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to
+# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When
+# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination.
+#
+# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your
+# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet
+# gateway host instead.
+#
+# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port,
+# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups.
+#
+# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter.
+#
+#relayhost = $mydomain
+#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain]
+#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld]
+#relayhost = uucphost
+#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress]
+
+
+# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS
+#
+# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify
+# a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients
+
+# INPUT RATE CONTROL
+#
+# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input
+# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it
+# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due
+# to an SCO bug).
+# 
+# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before
+# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the
+# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process
+# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more
+# than the number of messages delivered per second.
+# 
+# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10.
+# 
+#in_flow_delay = 1s
+
+# ADDRESS REWRITING
+#
+# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about
+# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including
+# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping.
+
+masquerade_domains = redhat.com
+masquerade_exceptions = root apache
+
+# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN)
+#
+# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms
+# of domain hosting that Postfix supports.
+
+# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# TRANSPORT MAP
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# ALIAS DATABASE
+#
+# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used
+# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent.
+#
+# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias
+# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax
+# details.
+# 
+# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or
+# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run
+# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file.
+#
+# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible.  Use
+# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay.
+#
+#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases
+alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases
+#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases
+
+# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that
+# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi".  This is a separate
+# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify
+# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix.
+#
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases
+alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases
+
+# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo)
+#
+# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between
+# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5),
+# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on
+# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups.
+# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before
+# trying user and .forward.
+#
+recipient_delimiter = +
+
+# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX
+#
+# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a
+# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default
+# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user.  Specify
+# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required).
+#
+#home_mailbox = Mailbox
+#home_mailbox = Maildir/
+ 
+# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where
+# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the
+# system type.
+#
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail
+
+# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external
+# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as
+# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings.
+# Exception:  delivery for root is done as $default_user.
+#
+# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username),
+# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address),
+# and LOCAL (the address localpart).
+#
+# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command
+# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to
+# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below).
+#
+# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run
+# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough.
+#
+# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN
+# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER.
+#
+#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail
+#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION"
+
+# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter
+# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and
+# luser_relay parameters.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+
+# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP
+# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered
+# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the
+# mailbox_transport as below:
+#
+# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#
+# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via
+# these settings.
+#
+# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300
+# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5
+#
+# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the
+# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting
+# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store
+# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control
+# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus
+# message store. 
+#
+# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set:
+#mailbox_transport = cyrus
+
+# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database.
+# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#fallback_transport =
+
+#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport
+# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address
+# for unknown recipients.  By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination,
+# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned
+# as undeliverable.
+#
+# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient
+# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory),
+# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address
+# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient
+# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or
+# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist.
+#
+# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#luser_relay = $user@other.host
+#luser_relay = $local@other.host
+#luser_relay = admin+$local
+  
+# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS
+# 
+# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file
+# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview.
+
+# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns
+# that each logical message header is matched against, including
+# headers that span multiple physical lines.
+#
+# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the
+# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and
+# attached message headers were treated as body text.
+#
+# For details, see "man header_checks".
+#
+header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks
+
+# FAST ETRN SERVICE
+#
+# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about
+# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP
+# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld".
+# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description.
+# 
+# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are
+# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that
+# this server is willing to relay mail to.
+# 
+#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains
+
+# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT
+#
+# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220
+# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see
+# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version.
+#
+# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an
+# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care.
+#
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version)
+
+# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION
+#
+# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local
+# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery
+# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially,
+# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when
+# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10
+# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to
+# raise eyebrows.
+# 
+# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit
+# parameter.  The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for
+# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2.
+
+#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2
+#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20
+
+# DEBUGGING CONTROL
+#
+# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose
+# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address
+# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter.
+#
+debug_peer_level = 2
+
+# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain
+# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When
+# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern,
+# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the
+# debug_peer_level parameter.
+#
+#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1
+#debug_peer_list = some.domain
+
+# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed
+# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option.
+#
+# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before
+# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to
+# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix.
+#
+debugger_command =
+	 PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin
+	 xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5
+
+# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a
+# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration
+# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID.
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont;
+#	echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1
+#	>$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5
+#
+# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session.
+# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r
+# <id_string>" where <id_string> uniquely matches one of the detached
+# sessions (from "screen -list").
+#
+# debugger_command =
+#	PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen
+#	-dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name
+#	$process_id & sleep 1
+
+# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
+#
+# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version.
+# 
+# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface.
+# 
+sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix
+
+# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command.
+# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases.
+#
+newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix
+
+# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command.  This
+# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command.
+# 
+mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix
+
+# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management
+# commands.  This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that
+# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account.
+#
+setgid_group = postdrop
+
+# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation.
+#
+html_directory = no
+
+# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages.
+#
+manpage_directory = /usr/share/man
+
+# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files.
+# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1.
+#
+sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples
+
+# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files.
+#
+readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES
+
+# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other 
+# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. 
+
+
+message_size_limit = 20971520
+#inet_protocols = ipv4
+
+
+# Mailman, see MTA.rst
+owner_request_special = no
+# Mailman is installed from source
+transport_maps = hash:/srv/webui/var/data/postfix_lmtp
+local_recipient_maps = hash:/srv/webui/var/data/postfix_lmtp
+relay_domains = hash:/srv/webui/var/data/postfix_domains

roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.lists-dev.fedorainfracloud.org

@@ -0,0 +1,693 @@
+# "false"
+# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset
+# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter
+# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf").
+#
+# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README
+# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use
+# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to
+# http://www.postfix.org/.
+#
+# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time,
+# and test if Postfix still works after every change.
+
+# SOFT BOUNCE
+#
+# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for
+# testing.  When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that
+# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated
+# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently
+# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce
+# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes.
+#
+#soft_bounce = no
+
+# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION
+#
+# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue.
+# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted.
+# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot
+# environments on different UNIX systems.
+#
+queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix
+
+# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all
+# postXXX commands.
+#
+command_directory = /usr/sbin
+
+# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix
+# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This
+# directory must be owned by root.
+#
+daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix
+
+# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP
+#
+# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue
+# and of most Postfix daemon processes.  Specify the name of a user
+# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS
+# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM.  In
+# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED
+# USER.
+#
+mail_owner = postfix
+
+# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by
+# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command.
+# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context.
+# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER.
+#
+#default_privs = nobody
+
+# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES
+# 
+# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this
+# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name
+# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many
+# other configuration parameters.
+#
+#myhostname = host.domain.tld
+#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld
+
+# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name.
+# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component.
+# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration
+# parameters.
+#
+#mydomain = domain.tld
+
+# SENDING MAIL
+# 
+# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted
+# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname,
+# which is fine for small sites.  If you run a domain with multiple
+# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up
+# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to
+# user@that.users.mailhost.
+#
+# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses,
+# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended
+# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part.
+#
+#myorigin = $myhostname
+#myorigin = $mydomain
+
+mydomain = fedoraproject.org
+myorigin = fedoraproject.org
+
+# RECEIVING MAIL
+
+# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on.  By default,
+# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The
+# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address].
+#
+# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that
+# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator.
+#
+# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes.
+#
+#inet_interfaces = all
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname
+#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost
+inet_interfaces = all
+
+# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
+# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a
+# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends
+# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter.
+#
+# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a
+# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops
+# will happen when the primary MX host is down.
+#
+#proxy_interfaces =
+#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4
+
+# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this
+# machine considers itself the final destination for.
+#
+# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the
+# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX
+# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd
+# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent.
+#
+# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain.  On a mail domain
+# gateway, you should also include $mydomain.
+#
+# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are
+# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README).
+#
+# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX
+# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for
+# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see
+# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README).
+#
+# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed
+# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system
+# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter).
+#
+# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table
+# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name
+# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when
+# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored).
+# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace.
+#
+# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS".
+#
+mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain
+#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain,
+#	mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain
+
+# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS
+#
+# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect
+# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default.
+#
+# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify
+# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty).
+#
+# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local
+# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the
+# local_recipient_maps setting if:
+#
+# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than
+#   /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files.
+#   For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in    
+#   the $virtual_mailbox_maps files.
+#
+# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf.
+#
+# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf.
+#
+# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport"
+#   feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)).
+#
+# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file.
+#
+# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have
+# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to
+# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of
+# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld
+# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
+#local_recipient_maps =
+
+# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server
+# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or
+# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty
+# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found.
+#
+# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start
+# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your
+# local_recipient_maps settings are OK.
+#
+unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550
+
+# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL
+
+# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP
+# clients that have more privileges than "strangers".
+#
+# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail
+# through Postfix.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter
+# in postconf(5).
+#
+# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand
+# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default).
+#
+# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine.
+# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified
+# with the "ifconfig" command.
+# 
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP
+# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine.
+# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust"
+# your entire provider's network.  Instead, specify an explicit
+# mynetworks list by hand, as described below.
+#  
+# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust"
+# only the local machine.
+# 
+#mynetworks_style = class
+#mynetworks_style = subnet
+#mynetworks_style = host
+
+# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in
+# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting.
+#
+# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the
+# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host
+# address.
+#
+# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead
+# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups
+# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used).
+#
+#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8
+#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks
+#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table
+
+
+# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will
+# relay mail to.  See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in
+# postconf(5) for detailed information.
+#
+# By default, Postfix relays mail
+# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination,
+# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or
+#   subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing.
+# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination.
+# 
+# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail
+# that Postfix is final destination for:
+# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces,
+# - destinations that match $mydestination
+# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains,
+# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains.
+# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains.
+# 
+# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name
+# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace.  Continue
+# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name
+# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a
+# (parent) domain appears as lookup key.
+#
+# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that
+# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the
+# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5).
+#
+#relay_domains = $mydestination
+
+
+
+# INTERNET OR INTRANET
+
+# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to
+# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When
+# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination.
+#
+# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your
+# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet
+# gateway host instead.
+#
+# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port,
+# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups.
+#
+# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter.
+#
+#relayhost = $mydomain
+#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain]
+#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld]
+#relayhost = uucphost
+#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress]
+
+
+# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS
+#
+# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
+# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains.
+#
+# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
+# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default.
+#
+# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
+# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify
+# a user@domain.tld address.
+# 
+#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients
+
+# INPUT RATE CONTROL
+#
+# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input
+# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it
+# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due
+# to an SCO bug).
+# 
+# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before
+# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the
+# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process
+# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more
+# than the number of messages delivered per second.
+# 
+# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10.
+# 
+#in_flow_delay = 1s
+
+# ADDRESS REWRITING
+#
+# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about
+# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including
+# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping.
+
+masquerade_domains = redhat.com
+masquerade_exceptions = root apache
+
+# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN)
+#
+# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms
+# of domain hosting that Postfix supports.
+
+# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# TRANSPORT MAP
+#
+# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
+
+# ALIAS DATABASE
+#
+# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used
+# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent.
+#
+# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias
+# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax
+# details.
+# 
+# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or
+# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run
+# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file.
+#
+# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible.  Use
+# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay.
+#
+#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases
+alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases
+#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases
+
+# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that
+# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi".  This is a separate
+# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify
+# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix.
+#
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases
+alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases
+#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases
+
+# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo)
+#
+# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between
+# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5),
+# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on
+# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups.
+# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before
+# trying user and .forward.
+#
+recipient_delimiter = +
+
+# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX
+#
+# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a
+# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default
+# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user.  Specify
+# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required).
+#
+#home_mailbox = Mailbox
+#home_mailbox = Maildir/
+ 
+# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where
+# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the
+# system type.
+#
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail
+#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail
+
+# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external
+# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as
+# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings.
+# Exception:  delivery for root is done as $default_user.
+#
+# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username),
+# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address),
+# and LOCAL (the address localpart).
+#
+# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command
+# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to
+# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below).
+#
+# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run
+# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough.
+#
+# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN
+# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER.
+#
+#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail
+#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION"
+
+# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter
+# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and
+# luser_relay parameters.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+
+# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP
+# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered
+# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the
+# mailbox_transport as below:
+#
+# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#
+# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via
+# these settings.
+#
+# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300
+# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5
+#
+# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the
+# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting
+# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store
+# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control
+# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus
+# message store. 
+#
+# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set:
+#mailbox_transport = cyrus
+
+# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
+# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database.
+# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter.
+#
+# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
+# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf.  The
+# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
+# configuration file.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
+#fallback_transport =
+
+#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport
+# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address
+# for unknown recipients.  By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination,
+# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned
+# as undeliverable.
+#
+# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient
+# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory),
+# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address
+# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient
+# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or
+# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist.
+#
+# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent.
+#
+# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
+# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in
+# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for    
+# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
+#
+#luser_relay = $user@other.host
+#luser_relay = $local@other.host
+#luser_relay = admin+$local
+  
+# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS
+# 
+# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file
+# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview.
+
+# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns
+# that each logical message header is matched against, including
+# headers that span multiple physical lines.
+#
+# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the
+# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and
+# attached message headers were treated as body text.
+#
+# For details, see "man header_checks".
+#
+header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks
+
+# FAST ETRN SERVICE
+#
+# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about
+# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP
+# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld".
+# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description.
+# 
+# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are
+# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that
+# this server is willing to relay mail to.
+# 
+#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains
+
+# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT
+#
+# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220
+# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see
+# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version.
+#
+# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an
+# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care.
+#
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name
+#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version)
+
+# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION
+#
+# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local
+# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery
+# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially,
+# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when
+# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10
+# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to
+# raise eyebrows.
+# 
+# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit
+# parameter.  The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for
+# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2.
+
+#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2